York R123 Users Manual 160.55 O1

R123 to the manual bd843a30-488e-4b69-bd48-51b4334830e0

2015-02-02

: York R123-Users-Manual york-r123-users-manual-455408 york pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 156 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Form 160.55-O1 (604)
SAFETY GUIDELINES
NOMENCLATURE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES
SECTION 1
SECTION 2
SECTION 3
SECTION 4
SECTION 5
SECTION 6
SECTION 7
SECTION 8
SECTION 9
SECTION 10

OPERATING & MAINTENANCE

MILLENNIUM ®

CENTRIFUGAL LIQUID CHILLERS

Supersedes: 160.55-O1 (402) Form 160.55-O1 (604)

MODEL YT (STYLE J)

R123 COOLING ONLY

WITH OPTIVIEW™ CONTROL CENTER

FOR ELECTRO-MECHANICAL STARTER,

SOLID STATE STARTER & VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE

29509A

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

This equipment is a relatively complicated apparatus.

During installation, operation, maintenance or service,

in di vid u als may be exposed to certain components or

conditions including, but not limited to: refrigerants,

oils, materials under pressure, rotating components and

both high and low voltage. Each of these items has the

po ten tial, if misused or handled improperly, to cause

bodi ly injury or death. It is the obligation and re spon -

si bil i ty of operating/service per son nel to identify and

rec og nize these inherent hazards, protect themselves

and pro ceed safely in completing their tasks. Failure

to com ply with any of these requirements could result

in se ri ous dam age to the equipment and the property in

IMPORTANT!

READ BEFORE PROCEEDING!

GENERAL SAFETY GUIDELINES

which it is sit u at ed, as well as severe personal injury or

death to them selves and people at the site.

This document is intended for use by owner-authorized

operating/service personnel. It is expected that this in-

di vid u al possesses independent training that will en able

them to perform their assigned tasks properly and safe ly.

It is essential that, prior to performing any task on this

equipment, this individual shall have read and un der -

stood this document and any referenced materials. This

in di vid u al shall also be familiar with and comply with

all ap pli ca ble governmental standards and regulations

per tain ing to the task in question.

SAFETY SYMBOLS

The following symbols are used in this document to alert the reader to areas of potential hazard:

WARNING indicates a potentially

haz ard ous sit u a tion which, if not

avoid ed, could result in death or se-

ri ous in ju ry.

DANGER indicates an im mi nent ly

hazardous situation which, if not

avoid ed, will re sult in death or se ri ous

injury.

CAUTION identiﬁ es a hazard which

could lead to damage to the ma chine,

damage to other equip ment and/or

en vi ron men tal pollution. Usually an

in struc tion will be given, together with

a brief ex pla na tion.

External wiring, unless speciﬁ ed as an optional connection in the man u fac tur er’s prod uct

line, is NOT to be connected inside the micro pan el cab i net. De vic es such as re lays, switch es,

transducers and controls may NOT be installed inside the mi cro pan el. NO external wiring

is al lowed to be run through the micro panel. All wir ing must be in ac cor dance with YORK’s

pub lished spec i ﬁ ca tions and must be per formed ONLY by qual i ﬁ ed YORK personnel. YORK

will not be re spon si ble for dam ag es/problems re sult ing from im prop er con nec tions to the

con trols or ap pli ca tion of im prop er con trol sig nals. Failure to fol low this will void the

man u fac tur er’s warranty and cause serious dam age to property or injury to per sons.

NOTE is used to highlight ad di tion al

information which may be helpful to

you.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

CHANGEABILITY OF THIS DOCUMENT

In complying with YORK’s policy for continuous

prod uct improvement, the information contained in

this doc u ment is subject to change without notice.

While YORK makes no commitment to update or

pro vide current in for ma tion automatically to the

manual own er, that in for ma tion, if applicable, can

be ob tained by con tact ing the nearest YORK Applied

Systems Service ofÞ ce.

It is the responsibility of operating/service personnel

as to the applicability of these documents to the equip-

ment in question. If there is any question in the mind

of op er at ing/service personnel as to the applicability of

these documents, then, prior to working on the equip-

ment, they should verify with the owner wheth er the

equipment has been modiÞ ed and if current lit er a ture

is available.

REFERENCE INSTRUCTIONS

DESCRIPTION FORM NO.

SOLID STATE STARTER (MOD “A”) – OPERATION & MAINTENANCE 160.46-OM3.1

SOLID STATE STARTER (MOD “B”) – OPERATION & MAINTENANCE 160.00-02

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE – OPERATION 160.00-O1

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE – SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS 160.00-M1

INSTALLATION 160.55-N1

OPTIVIEW CONTROL CENTER - SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS 160.55-M1

WIRING DIAGRAM – UNIT WITH ELECTRO-MECHANICAL STARTER 160.55-PW1

WIRING DIAGRAM – UNIT WITH SOLID STATE STARTER (MOD “B”) 160.55-PW2

WIRING DIAGRAM – UNIT WITH VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE 160.55-PW3

RENEWAL PARTS – UNIT 160.48-RP5

RENEWAL PARTS – GRAPHIC CONTROL CENTER 160.55-RP1

NOMENCLATURE

The model number denotes the following characteristics of the unit

YT K3 C4 E2 — CR J

Model Design Level

Cooler Code Motor Code

Condenser Code Power Supply

— for 60 Hz

Compressor Code 5 for 50 Hz

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

SECTION 1 Description of System and Fundamentals of Operation............................... 7

SECTION 2 OptiView Control Center ............................................................................. 9

SECTION 3 Printers ..................................................................................................... 112

SECTION 4 System Operating Procedures .................................................................. 124

SECTION 5 System Components Description ............................................................. 131

SECTION 6 Operational Maintenance ......................................................................... 135

SECTION 7 Troubleshooting........................................................................................ 138

SECTION 8 Maintenance ............................................................................................. 144

SECTION 9 Preventive Maintenance ........................................................................... 152

SECTION 10 OptiSave Energy Analyser Feature .......................................................... 154

TABLE OF CONTENTS

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

LIST OF FIGURES

FIG. 1 – MODEL YT MILLENNIUM CHILLER.................... 7

FIG. 2 – REFRIGERANT FLOW-THROUGH CHILLER..... 8

DETAIL A – COMPRESSOR PREROTATION

VANES.................................................................. 8

FIG. 3 – CONTROL CENTER .......................................... 12

FIG. 4 – HOME SCREEN................................................. 16

FIG. 5 – SYSTEM SCREEN............................................. 18

FIG. 6 – EVAPORATOR SCREEN ................................... 20

FIG. 7 – CONDENSER SCREEN..................................... 22

FIG. 8 – PURGE SCREEN............................................... 24

FIG. 9 – REFRIGERANT LEVEL CONTROL SCREEN ... 26

FIG. 10 – COMPRESSOR SCREEN.................................. 28

FIG. 11 – HOT GAS BYPASS SCREEN ............................ 30

FIG. 12 – SURGE PROTECTION SCREEN ...................... 32

FIG. 13 – PRE-ROTATION VANES CALIBRATION

SCREEN............................................................. 36

FIG. 14 – VSD TUNING SCREEN ..................................... 38

FIG. 15 – OIL SUMP SCREEN........................................... 40

FIG. 16 – ELECTRO-MECHANICAL STARTER SCREEN 41

FIG. 17 – SOLID STATE STARTER

(MOD A) SCREEN.............................................. 42

FIG. 18 – SOLID STATE STARTER

(MOD B) SCREEN ............................................. 44

FIG. 19 – VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SCREEN................. 46

FIG. 20 – VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE DETAILS SCREEN

(All VSD except Part Number 371-02767-XXX

(60 Hz) or 371-03700-XXX (50 Hz))................... 48

FIG. 21 – VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE DETAILS SCREEN

(VSD with Part Number 371-02767-XXX

(60 Hz) or 371-03700-XXX (50 Hz))................... 50

FIG. 22 – ADAPTIVE CAPACITY CONTROL DETAILS

SCREEN............................................................. 52

FIG. 23 – HARMONIC FILTER DETAILS SCREEN

(All VSD except Part Number 371-02767-XXX

(60 Hz) or 371-03700-XXX (50 Hz))................... 54

FIG. 24 – HARMONIC FILTER DETAILS SCREEN

(VSD with Part Number 371-02767-XXX (60 Hz)

or 371-03700-XXX (50 Hz))................................ 56

FIG. 25 – SETPOINTS SCREEN ....................................... 58

FIG. 26 – SETUP SCREEN................................................ 60

FIG. 27 – SCHEDULE SCREEN........................................ 64

FIG. 28 – USER SCREEN.................................................. 66

FIG. 29 – COMMS SCREEN.............................................. 68

FIG. 30 – PRINTER SCREEN............................................ 70

FIG. 31 – SALES ORDER SCREEN.................................. 72

FIG. 32 – OPERATIONS SCREEN .................................... 74

FIG. 33 – HISTORY SCREEN............................................ 76

FIG. 34 – HISTORY DETAILS SCREEN ............................ 78

FIG. 35 – SECURITY LOG SCREEN................................. 79

FIG. 36 – SECURITY LOG DETAILS SCREEN ................. 80

FIG. 37 – TREND SCREEN ............................................... 82

FIG. 38 – TREND SETUP SCREEN .................................. 84

FIG. 39 – ADVANCED TREND SETUP SCREEN.............. 86

FIG. 40 – COMMON SLOTS SCREEN.............................. 88

FIG. 41 – CUSTOM VIEW SCREEN.................................. 89

FIG. 42 – CUSTOM VIEW SETUP SCREEN..................... 90

FIG. 43 – PRINTERS ........................................................112

FIG. 44 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (STATUS)........................116

FIG. 45 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (SETPOINTS).................110

FIG. 46 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (SCHEDULE)..................119

FIG. 47 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (SALES ORDER)........... 120

FIG. 48 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (HISTORY) .................... 121

FIG. 49 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (SECURITY LOG).......... 122

FIG. 50 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (TREND)........................ 123

FIG. 51 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT

(CUSTOM SCREEN REPORT)........................ 123

FIG. 52 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT

(ADAPTIVE CAPACITY CONTROL NEW MAP

POINT REPORT) ............................................ 123

FIG. 53 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT

(ADAPTIVE CAPACITY CONTROL EXISTING

MAP POINTS REPORT) .................................. 123

FIG. 54 – OPERATION SEQUENCE & TIMING

DIAGRAM (ELECTRO-MECHANICAL

& SOLID STATE STARTER APPLICATIONS).. 126

FIG. 55 – OPERATION SEQUENCE & TIMING

DIAGRAM (COMPRESSOR MOTOR

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE APPLICATIONS) ... 126

FIG. 56 – MINIMUM ENTERING CONDENSING

WATER TEMPERATURE ................................. 127

FIG. 57 – LIQUID CHILLER LOG SHEETS ..................... 127

FIG. 58 – TURBOGUARD PURGE UNIT......................... 129

FIG. 59 – SCHEMATIC DRAWING (YT) COMPRESSOR

LUBRICATION SYSTEM.................................. 132

FIG. 60 – OIL RETURN SYSTEM .................................... 135

FIG. 61 – ASSEMBLY OF DEHYDRATOR....................... 136

FIG. 62 – CHARGING OIL RESERVOIR WITH OIL ........ 137

FIG. 63 – EVACUATION OF CHILLER ............................ 145

FIG. 64 – SATURATION CURVE ..................................... 147

FIG. 65 – DIAGRAM - MEGGING MOTOR WINDINGS .. 149

FIG. 66 – MOTOR STATOR TEMPERATURE &

INSULATION RESISTANCES .......................... 150

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

combination Logic/Trigger Board that interfaces the

Con trol Center with a serial communications link. Ear-

li er vintage chillers, such as those encountered in Con trol

Cen ter retroÞ t ap pli ca tions are equipped with the Mod

“A” starter. This Start er con tains a Trig ger Board that

in ter fac es to a Logic Board that is in stalled inside of the

Control Cen ter.

In operation, a liquid (water or brine to be chilled) ß ows

through the cooler, where boiling refrigerant absorbs heat

from the liquid. The chilled liquid is then piped to fan

coil units or other air conditioning terminal units, where

it ß ows through Þ nned coils, absorbing heat from the

air. The warmed liquid is then returned to the chiller to

complete the chilled liquid circuit.

The refrigerant vapor, which is produced by the boil ing

action in the cooler, ß ows to the compressor where the

rotating impeller increases its pressure and tem per a ture

and discharges it into the condenser. Water ß ow ing

through the condenser tubes absorbs heat from the re frig -

er ant va por, causing it to condense. The con dens er water

is sup plied to the chiller from an external source, usually

a cool ing tower. The condensed re frig er ant drains from

the con dens er into the liquid return line, where the vari-

SECTION 1

DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM AND FUNDAMENTALS OF OPERATION

29509A

CONDENSER

CONTROL

CENTER

COMPRESSOR

MOTOR

COOLER

FIG. 1 – MODEL YT MILLENNIUM CHILLER

SYSTEM OPERATION DESCRIPTION (SEE FIG. 2)

The YORK Model YT Millennium Chiller is commonly

ap plied to large air conditioning systems, but may be

used on other applications. The chiller consists of an

open motor mounted to a compressor (with integral

speed in creas ing gears) condenser, cooler and vari able

ß ow con trol.

The chiller is controlled by a modern state of the art

OptiView Control Center that monitors its op er a tion. The

Control Center is programmed by the op er a tor to suit job

speciÞ cations. Automatic timed start-ups and shut downs

are also programmable to suit night time, week ends and

holidays. The operating status, tem per a tures, pressures

and other information per ti nent to op er a tion of the chiller

are automatically dis played and read on a graphic mes-

sage display. Other displays can be ob served by press ing

the keys as labeled on the Con trol Center. The chill er

with the OptiView Control Cen ter is applied with an

electro-mechanical start er, YORK Solid State Start er

(optional) or Variable Speed Drive (optional).

There could be either of two different Solid State Start-

ers applied. New production chillers are equipped with

the Mod “B” Solid State Starter. This starter contains a

PURGE

UNIT

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

FIG. 2 – REFRIGERANT FLOW-THRU CHILL ER

PREROTATION VANES

(See Detail A)

SUCTION

COOLER

ELIMINATOR

OIL COOLER

LD00924

FLOW CON-

TROL

SUB-COOL-

CON-

DISCHARGE

BAFFLE

DISCHARGE

COMPRESSOR

able oriÞ ce meters the ß ow of liquid re frig er ant to the

cooler to com plete the refrigerant cir cuit.

The major components of a chiller are selected to han dle

the refrigerant, which would be evaporated at full load

design conditions. However, most systems will be called

upon to deliver full load capacity for only a relatively

small part of the time the unit is in operation.

CAPACITY CONTROL

The major components of a chiller are selected for full

load capacities, therefore capacity must be controlled

to maintain a constant chilled liquid temperature leav-

ing the cooler. Prerotation vanes (PRV), located at the

en trance to the compressor impeller, compensate for

vari a tion in load (See Fig. 2, Detail A).

The position of these vanes is automatically controlled

through a lever arm attached to an electric motor lo cat ed

outside the compressor housing. The automatic adjust-

ment of the vane position in effect provides the perfor-

mance of many different compressors to match various

load conditions from full load with vanes wide open to

minimum load with vanes completely closed.

7619A(D)

DETAIL A – COMPRESSOR PREROTATION VANES

Description of System and Fun da men tals of Operation

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

SECTION 2

OPTIVIEW CONTROL CEN TER

INTRODUCTION

The YORK OptiView Control Center is a mi cro pro -

ces sor based control system for R-11 or R123 cen trif u gal

chillers. It controls the leaving chilled liq uid tem per a ture

via pre-rotation vane controls and has the abil i ty to limit

motor current via control of the pre-ro ta tion vanes. It is

com pat i ble with YORK Sol id State Start er (optional),

Variable Speed Drive (op tion al) and Electro-Mechanical

starter ap pli ca tions.

The panel comes conÞ gured with a full screen LCD

Graphic Display mounted in the middle of a keypad

in ter face. The graphic display allows the presentation

of several operating parameters at once. In addition,

the operator may view a graphical representation of the

his tor i cal operation of the chiller as well as the present

operation. For the novice user, the locations of various

chiller parameters are clearly and intuitively marked.

Instructions for speciÞ c operations are provided on

many of the screens.

The graphic display also allows information to be rep re -

sent ed in both English (temperatures in °F and pres sures

in PSIA) and Metric (temperatures in °C and pres sures in

kPa) mode. The advantages are most ap par ent, however,

in the ability to display many languages.

The Control Center continually monitors the system op-

eration and records the cause of any shutdowns (Safe ty,

Cycling or Normal). This information is re cord ed in

memory and is preserved even through a pow er fail ure

condition. The user may recall it for view ing at any

time. During operation, the user is con tin u al ly advised

of the operating conditions by various sta tus and warn ing

messages. In addition, it may be con Þ g ured to notify the

user of certain con di tions via alarms. A complete listing

of shutdown, status and warning messages is at tached in

the Display Messages section of this book.

There are certain screens, displayed values, pro gram -

ma ble Setpoints and manual control shown in this book

that are for Service Technician use only. They are only

displayed when logged in at SERVICE access level

or higher. The Setpoints and pa ram e ters displayed on

these screens are explained in detail in YORK Service

Man u al 160.55-M1. These parameters affect chiller

op er a tion and should NEVER be modiﬁ ed by anyone

oth er than a qualiﬁ ed Service Technician. They are

shown in this book for reference only.

Advanced Diagnostics and troubleshooting in for ma tion

for Service Technicians are included in YORK Service

Manual 160.55-M1. Also included in the Service man-

u al are detailed descriptions of chiller features, such as

the Refrigerant Level Control (Future), Purge sys tem,

Hot Gas By pass, Remote Setpoints and Smart Freeze

Pro tec tion.

The control center expands the capabilities of re mote

control and communications. By providing a com mon

networking protocol through the ISN GPIC YORK

Chill ers not only work well in di vid u al ly, but also as

a team. This new protocol allows in creased remote

con trol of the chiller, as well as 24-hour performance

mon i tor ing via a remote site. In ad di tion, compatibility

is main tained with the present net work of ISN com mu -

ni ca tions. The chiller also main tains the standard digital

remote ca pa bil i ties as well. Both of these remote con trol

capabilities allow for the standard Energy Man age ment

System (EMS) in ter face:

1. Remote Start

2. Remote Stop

3. Remote Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature

Setpoint adjustment (0-20mA or 4-20mA, 0-10VDC

or 2-10VDC) or Pulse Width Modulation

4. Remote Current Limit Setpoint adjustment (0-20mA

or 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC) or Pulse Width

Mod u la tion

5. Remote “Ready to Start” Contacts

6. Safety Shutdown Contacts

7. Cycling Shutdown Contacts

The chiller operating program resides in the Optiview

control center Microboard. The control center could be

equipped with either of the following Microboards:

• 031-01730-000 – shipped in new production chill-

ers until September 2003. The program resides in

a replaceable Flash Memory Card. The software

version (C.MLM.02.xx.yzz) is printed on label

adhered to card. Program can be upgraded by

replacing the card.

• 031-02430-000 – shipped in new production chill-

ers after September 2003. The program resides in

non-removable onboard memory. The software

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

version is C.OPT.02.xx.yzz, and is viewable on

the DIAGNOSTICS Screen in SERVICE access

level. The program can be upgraded by download-

ing a new program from a Program Card. Program

Cards are shirt-pocket-size portable memory stor-

age devices available from YORK.

Earlier vintage chillers could be equipped with a later

Microboard due to service replacement.

Software versions (C.MLM.02.xx.yzz or

C.OPT.02.xx.yzz) are alpha-numeric codes that rep-

resent the application, language package and revision

levels per below. Each time the controls portion or lan-

guage section is revised, the respective revision level

increments.

• C – Commercial chiller

• MLM – Used on Microboard 031-01730-

000

• OPT - Used on Microboard 031-02430-

000

• 02 – YT chiller

• xx - controls revision level (00, 01, etc)

• y – language package (0=English only,

1=NEMA, 2=CE, 3=NEMA/CE )

• zz – language package revision level (00,

01, etc)

Throughout this book, reference is made to functions and

features that are only available in certain Flash Memory

Card revision levels (C.MLM.02.xx.xxx). To cross refer-

ence C.MLM software to C.OPT software, refer to the

controls revision level. Software version

C.OPT.02.04B.xxx is of the same controls revision

level as C.MLM.02.04.xxx. From this starting point,

both receive the same updates at each revision. Soft-

ware upgrades should only be performed by a Service

Technician.

Description of System and Fun da men tals of Operation

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

TO MAINTAIN FORMAT

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

When in this position, the chiller will not run un der

any condition. For safe ty reasons, this po si tion is

re quired for many maintenance tasks to be com plet ed

(such as prox im i ty probe and vane cal i bra tion). In

ad di tion, the switch must be placed in this state

fol low ing a Safety shut down before the chill er is

al lowed to re start. This guar an tees that manual in ter -

ven tion has tak en place and the shut down has been

ac knowl edged.

The switch can only remain in this po si tion when

being acted upon by a man u al force. Once the user

has re leased the switch, it au to mat i cal ly re verts to

the RUN po si tion. Gen er al ly, this state only occurs

mo men tari ly as the operator at tempts to locally start

the unit. Once this po si tion has been sensed, if all

fault con di tions are cleared, the unit will en ter the

sys tem prelube (start se quence).

When in this position, the chiller is able to op er ate.

The switch spring-re turns to this state after it has

been tog gled to the START po si tion. When in this

state, the chiller is al lowed to function normally and

will also al low the chill er to au to mat i cal ly re start fol-

low ing a Cy cling shut down. The switch must be in

this state to re ceive a val id re mote start signal when

op er at ing under a re mote con trol source.

CONTROL CENTER

The OptiView Control Center display is high light ed by a

full screen graph ics display. This dis play is nested with in

a stan dard keypad and is sur round ed by “soft” keys

which are re de Þ ned based on the currently dis played

screen. Eight buttons are avail able on the right side of the

pan el and are primarily used for navigation between the

sys tem screens. At the base of the display are 5 ad di tion al

but tons. The area to the right of the key pad is used for

data entry with a stan dard numeric key pad provided for

en try of system setpoints and lim its.

The Decimal key provides accurate entry of

setpoint values.

A +/- key has also been provided to allow en try

of neg a tive values and AM/PM selection dur ing

time entry.

In order to accept changes made to the chiller

setpoints, the Check key is provided as a uni-

ver sal ‘En ter’ key or ‘Accept’’ symbol.

In order to reject entry of a setpoint or dismiss

an entry form, the ‘X’ key is provided as a uni-

ver sal ‘Can cel’ sym bol.

Cursor Arrow keys are pro-

vid ed to allow move ment on

screens which contain a large

amount of entry data. In ad-

di tion, these keys can be used

to scroll through his to ry and

event logs.

The Start/Stop control is op er at ed via a three-position

rocker switch. When toggled all the way to the right, it is

considered in the STOP/RESET position. When in the

middle position, this is considered the RUN state. When

toggled to the left-most position, it is considered in the

START state. Each state is described in detail below:

• STOP / RESET (O)

• START (◄)

• RUN ( )

00134VIP

FIG. 3

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

OVERVIEW

The new graphical display on each control pan el al lows

a wide variety of information to be pre sent ed to the

user. Each screen description in this document will be gin

with a section entitled Overview which will de scribe

the graphical elements on the screen and give a short

summary of the functions available. Each el e ment on

the screen will then be categorized into three dis tinct

groups: Display Only, Programmable and Nav i ga tion.

Below is a short description of what types of in for ma tion

are included in these groups.

The Programmable values and Navigation commands

are also subject to access level restrictions as de scribed

below. For each of these elements, an in di ca tion is giv en

to show the minimum access level required to program

the value or navigate to the subscreen.

DISPLAY ONLY

Values in this group are read-only parameters of in for -

ma tion about the chiller operation. This type of in for -

ma tion may be represented by a numerical value, a text

string or an LED image. For numerical values, if the

monitored parameter is above the normal operating

range, the high limit value will be displayed along with

the ‘>’ symbol; if it is below the normal operating range,

the low limit value will be displayed along with the

‘<’ sym bol. In some cases, the value may be rendered

in valid by other conditions and the display will use X’s

to in di cate this.

PROGRAMMABLE

Values in this group are available for change by the user.

In order to program any setpoints on the sys tem, the user

must Þ rst be logged in with the ap pro pri ate access level.

Each of the programmable values re quires a spe ciÞ c Ac-

cess Level which will be indicated beside the speciÞ ed

value. All of the pro gram ma ble controls in the system

fall into one of the categories described below:

Access Level

In order to program any setpoints on the sys tem, the user

must Þ rst login with an appropriate ac cess level. When

power is applied to the chiller, the system begins with an

Access Level of VIEW. This will allow the user to navi-

gate to most screens and observe the values displayed

there. However, the user will not be allowed to change

any values. To change any values, the user must return to

the Home Screen (shown by de fault when pow er is ap-

plied to the system) and use the LO G IN but ton or uti lize

the CHANGE SETPOINTS key de scribed be low. At

this point, the user will be prompt ed to enter a User ID

and the corresponding Password. By default, the User

ID is zero (0). In order to gain stan dard OP ER A TOR

level access, the Pass word would be en tered as 9 6 7 5,

us ing the numeric keypad. OP ER A TOR ac cess reverts

to the VIEW lev el after 10 con tin u ous min utes without

a keypress. If a custom User ID and Pass word have been

deÞ ned (see User Screen ), the user may enter that User

ID and the cor re spond ing Password value.

If the correct password is received, the user is au tho -

rized with the appropriate Access Level. If an incorrect

pass word is entered, the user is notiÞ ed of the failure

and prompted again. At this point the user may retry the

password entry or cancel the login attempt.

Change Setpoints

On screens containing setpoints programmable at the

OPERATOR access level, a key with this label will be

visible if the present access level is VIEW. This key

brings up the Access Level prompt described above. It

allows the user to login at a higher Access Level with out

returning to the Home Screen. After login, the user may

then modify setpoints on that screen.

Setpoints

The control center uses the setpoint values to control the

chiller and other devices connected to the chiller system.

Setpoints can fall into several categories. They could be

numeric values (such as 45.0°F for the Leav ing Chilled

Liquid Temperature) or they could Enable or Disable a

feature or function.

Regardless of which setpoint is being programmed, the

following procedure applies:

1. Press the desired setpoint key. A dialog box ap pears

dis play ing the present value, the up per and low er

limits of the programmable range and the de fault

value.

2. If the dialog box begins with the word “ENTER”,

use the numeric keys to enter the desired value.

INTERFACE CONVENTIONS

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

Lead ing zeroes are not necessary. If a dec i mal point

is nec es sary, press the ‘•’ key (i.e. 45.0).

Pressing the ▲ key, sets the entry value to the de fault

for that setpoint. Pressing the ▼ key, clears the pres-

ent entry. The ◄ key is a backspace key and causes

the entry point to move back one space.

If the dialog box begins with “SELECT”, use the

◄ and ► keys to select the desired value.

If the previously deÞ ned setpoint is de sired, press

the ‘X’ (Cancel) key to dismiss the di a log box.

3. Press the ‘!’ (Enter) key.

If the value is within range, it is accepted and the

dialog box disappears. The chiller will be gin to op-

er ate based on the new programmed value. If out of

range, the val ue will not be ac cept ed and the user is

prompt ed to try again.

Manual Controls

Some keys are used to perform manual control func-

tions. These may involve manual control of items such

as the pre-rotation vanes, variable oriÞ ce (future) or

hot gas bypass valve. Other keys in this category are

used to ini tiate/ter mi nate processes such as cal i bra tions

or re ports.

Free Cursor

On screens containing many setpoints, a speciÞ c “soft”

key may not be assigned to each setpoint value. A soft

key will be assigned to enable the cursor arrow keys

below the numeric keypad which are used to “high light”

the desired setpoint Þ eld. At this point, the ‘!’ key is

pressed to bring up a dialog prompting the user to enter

a new setpoint value. The ‘X’ key cancels cursor mode.

(See the Schedule Screen [Fig. 24] for an example.)

NAVIGATION

In order to maximize the amount of values which the

panel can display to the user and in order to place those

values in context, multiple screens have been de signed to

describe the chiller operation. In order to move from one

screen to the next, navigation keys have been de Þ ned.

These keys allow the user to either move “for ward” to

a subscreen of the present screen or move “back ward”

to the previous screen. Except for the Home Screen

dis play, the upper-right “soft” key will always return

the user to the Home Screen. Navigating with “soft”

keys is as simple as pressing the key next to the label

con tain ing the name of the desired screen. The system

will im me di ate ly refresh the display with the graph ics

for that screen. Following is a layout of all the screens

and how they are connected.

Home Screen (page 14)

System Screen (page 16)

Evaporator (page 18)

Condenser (page 20)

Purge (page 22)

Refrig. Level Control (page 24)

Compressor (page 26)

Hot Gas Bypass (page 28)

Surge Protection Screen (page 30)

Vane Calibration (page 32)

VSD Tuning (page 34)

Oil Sump (page 36)

Motor (page 37)

EM Starter Version (page 37)

Mod “A” Solid State Starter (page 38)

Mod “B” Solid State Starter (page 40)

VSD Version (page 42)

VSD Details (page 44)

ACC Details (page 48)

Harmonic Filter Details (page 50)

Setpoints (page 54)

Setup (page 56)

Schedule (page 58)

User (page 60)

Comms (page 62)

Printer (page 64)

Sales Order (page 66)

Operations (page 68)

Diagnostics (Refer to YORK

Service Man u al 160.55-M1)

History (page 70)

History Details (page 72)

Security Log (page 73)

Security Log Details (page 74)

Trend (page 76)

Trend Setup (page 78)

Advanced Trend Setup (page 80)

Common Slots (page 82)

Custom View (page 83)

Custom Setup (page 84)

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

ANALOG INPUT RANGES

The following table indicates the valid display range for each of the analog input values. In the event that the input

sensor is reading a value outside of these ranges, the < or > symbols will be displayed beside the min i mum or maxi-

mum value, respectively.

*Saturation temperatures are calculated values. They will dis play XXX if the pressure used for the calculation is out of range.

ANALOG INPUT ENGLISH RANGE METRIC RANGE

LOW HIGH UNITS LOW HIGH UNITS

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature 0.0 82.0 °F -17.7 27.7 °C

Return Chilled Liquid Temperature 0.0 94.1 °F -17.7 34.5 °C

Leaving Condenser Liquid Temperature 8.0 133.5 °F -13.3 56.3 °C

Return Condenser Liquid Temperature 8.0 133.5 °F -13.3 56.3 °C

Evaporator Refrigerant Temperature 0.0 126.1 °F -17.7 52.3 °C

Discharge Temperature 19.0 226.3 °F -7.2 107.9 °C

Oil Temperature 19.0 226.3 °F -7.2 107.9 °C

Condenser Pressure 2.5 35.3 PSIA 17.2 243.4 KPAA

Condenser Temperature (R11)* -1.4 124.2 °F -18.5 51.2 °C

Condenser Temperature (R123)* 7.2 130.1 °F -13.7 54.5 °C

Evaporator Pressure 0.0 12.5 PSIA 6.9 86.2 KPAA

Evaporator Temperature (R11)* -31.2 66.8 °F -35.7 19.3 °C

Evaporator Temperature (R123)* -22.4 74.2 °F -30.2 23.4 °C

Oil Sump Pressure 2.9 20.9 PSIA 20.0 144.1 KPAA

Oil Pump Pressure 14.3 78.2 PSIA 98.6 539.2 KPAA

Purge Pressure 0.0 100.0 PSIA 6.9 689.5 KPAA

Refrigerant Level (Future) 0.0 100.0 % 0.0 100.0 %

Drop Leg Refrigerant Temperature 0.0 121.8 °F -17.7 49.8 °C

LANGUAGES

The Screens can be displayed in various languages. Lan-

guage selection is done on the USER Screen. The desired

language is selected from those avail able. Not all lan guag es

are available. English is the default language. If a language

other than English is being displayed, an English-only speak-

ing person should nav i gate to the USER Screen using the

preceding Navigation chart and select English per the USER

Screen in struc tions in this book.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

HOME SCREEN

OVERVIEW

When the chiller system is powered on, the above de-

fault display appears. The primary values which must

be monitored and controlled are shown on this screen.

The Home Screen display depicts a visual rep re sen ta tion

of the chiller itself. Animation indicates chilled liq uid

ß ow.

DISPLAY ONLY

Chilled Liquid Temperature - Leaving

Displays the temperature of the liquid as it leaves the

evaporator.

Chilled Liquid Temperature - Return

Displays the temperature of the liquid as it enters the

evaporator.

Condenser Liquid Temperature - Leaving

Displays the temperature of the liquid as it leaves the

condenser.

Condenser Liquid Temperature - Return

Displays the temperature of the liquid as it enters the

condenser.

Motor Run (LED)

Is ON when the digital output controlling the Motor

Start er contact is on.

Input Power (kW)

Available only if the chiller system is utilizing a Vari-

able Speed Drive motor controller or Mod “B” Solid

State Start er. This dis plays the total in put power used

by the sys tem.

% Full Load Amps

This displays the percentage of full load amps utilized

by the system.

Operating Hours

Displays the cumulative operating hours of the chiller.

PROGRAMMABLE

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

The Control Center restricts certain op er a tions based

on password entry by the operator. Three dif fer ent ac-

cess lev els are provided as follows: VIEW: The panel

de faults to the low est access level which is termed

VIEW. In this mode, the chiller op er at ing val ues and

setpoints can be ob served, but no changes can be made.

OP ER A TOR: The second ac cess level is termed OP-

ER A TOR and will allow the cus tom er to change all

of the setpoints re quired to op er ate the chill er system.

The OP ER A TOR access level reverts to the VIEW

lev el af ter 10 continuous minutes without a keypress.

SER VICE: In the event that advanced di ag nos tics are

nec es sary, a SER VICE ac cess level has been pro vid ed.

00347VIP

FIG. 4

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Only qual i Þ ed service personnel utilize this access lev el.

This lev el provides advanced control over many of the

chiller func tions and allows cal i bra tion of many of the

chiller con trols. The access lev els are listed above in

hierarchical order be gin ning with the lowest level and

proceeding to the high est level. Users logged in under

higher access levels may perform any actions per mit ted

by lower access levels.

The OPERATOR access level is ac com pa nied by a

10-minute timeout. After ten (10) suc ces sive minutes

with out a keypress, the panel will re vert to the VIEW

ac cess level. This prevents un au tho rized changes to the

chiller if a user was logged in at a higher access level

and failed to logout. Proper pro ce dure requires that af ter

making necessary setpoint ad just ments the user re turn

to the Home Screen and logout.

Logout

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

This key is displayed when a user is logged in at any

level other than VIEW. Pressing it will return the ac cess

level to VIEW.

Access Level Required: VIEW

Use this key to generate a hard-copy report of the present

system status. This provides a snapshot of the primary

operating conditions at the time the key is pressed. The

History page provides enhanced reporting ca pa bil i ty.

(See HISTORY below.) This option will not be present

if the chill er is pres ent ly conÞ gured to log any in com ing

Adap tive Ca pac i ty Con trol map points. (See the Adap-

tive Capacity Control Details screen.)

Message Clear

Access Level Required: SER VICE

When certain safety or cycling conditions have been

detected and the chiller has been shutdown, the main

status display of the chiller will continue to display a

message indicating the cause of the shutdown. Using

this key, the message can be cleared once the condition

has been removed.

Warning Reset

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

Use of this key acknowledges a warning condition and

resets the message display associated with it.

NAVIGATION

System

Used to provide additional system information.

Evaporator

A detailed view of all evaporator parameters, in clud ing

the programmable Leaving Chilled Liq uid Setpoints.

Condenser

A detailed view of all condenser parameters, in clud ing

control of the purge functions.

Compressor

A detailed view of all the compressor pa ram e ters. This

includes pre-rotation vane control, Hot Gas Bypass

Control and PRV cal i bra tion.

Oil Sump

A detailed view of all the oil pump and oil sump pa-

ram e ters.

Motor

A detailed view of the motor controller pa ram e ters, spe-

ciÞ c to the controller type presently utilized on the chill er

system. This allows programming of the Cur rent Limit

and the Pulldown Demand Lim it values. For a VSD

system, the Adaptive Capacity Control and Har mon ic

Filter information is con trolled under this screen.

Setpoints

This screen provides a single location to pro gram the

most common system setpoints. It is also the gateway

to many of the general system setup pa ram e ters such as

Date/Time, Display Units, Sched ul ing, Printer Setup,

etc.

History

This screen provides access to a snapshot of system data

at each of the last 10 shutdown con di tions.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

SYSTEM SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen gives a general overview of common chill er

parameters for both shells.

DISPLAY ONLY

Discharge Temperature

Displays the temperature of the refrigerant in its gas-

eous state at discharge of the compressor as it travels

to the condenser.

Chilled Liquid Temperature - Leaving

Displays the temperature of the liquid as it leaves the

evaporator.

Chilled Liquid Temperature - Return

Displays the temperature of the liquid as it enters the

evaporator.

Chilled Liquid Temperature - Setpoint

Displays the active temperature setpoint to which the

chiller is controlling the evaporator liquid. This value

could come from a 0-20mA or 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-

10VDC input in An a log Remote mode, PWM signal in

Digital Remote mode, MicroGateway interface in ISN

mode or a locally pro grammed value in local mode.

Evaporator Pressure

Displays the present refrigerant pressure in the evap o ra tor.

Evaporator Saturation Temperature

Displays the present saturation temperature in the

evap o ra tor.

Condenser Liquid Temperature - Leaving

Displays the temperature of the liquid as it leaves the

condenser.

Condenser Liquid Temperature - Return

Displays the temperature of the liquid as it enters the

condenser.

Condenser Pressure

Displays the refrigerant pressure in the condenser.

Condenser Saturation Temperature

Displays the saturation temperature in the condenser.

Oil Sump Temperature

Displays the temperature of the oil in the sump.

Oil Pressure

Displays the pressure differential between the pump oil

pressure transducer and the sump oil pressure trans duc er.

If either of the transducers used to cal cu late this dif fer -

en tial is out of range, the display Þ eld will show XX.X.

% Full Load Amps

This displays the percentage of full load amps utilized

by the system.

00348VIP

FIG. 5

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Current Limit

Displays the current limit value in use. This value could

come from a 0-20mA or 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC

input in An a log Remote mode, PWM signal in Digital

Remote mode, MicroGateway interface in ISN mode or

a locally pro grammed value.

PROGRAMMABLE

None

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

EVAPORATOR SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen displays a cutaway view of the chiller evap-

o ra tor. All setpoints relating to the evaporator side of

the chiller are maintained on this screen. Animation of

the evaporation process indicates whether the chill er is

presently in a RUN condition. Animation of the liq uid

ß ow indicates chilled liquid ß ow.

DISPLAY ONLY

Chilled Liquid Flow Switch (Open / Closed)

Displays whether the liquid ß ow is present in the

evap o ra tor.

Chilled Liquid Pump

Displays the command presently sent by the control

center to the Chilled Liquid Pump (RUN or STOP).

Evaporator Pressure

Displays the present refrigerant pressure in the evap o ra tor.

Evaporator Saturation Temperature

Displays the present saturation temperature in the evap-

o ra tor.

Return Chilled Liquid Temperature

Displays the temperature of the liquid as it enters the

evaporator.

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature

Displays the temperature of the liquid as it leaves the

evaporator.

Evaporator Refrigerant Temperature

Displays the temperature of the refrigerant in the evap o -

ra tor, if the sensor is present.

Small Temperature Difference

Displays the difference between the Leaving Chilled

Liquid temperature and the Evaporator Refrigerant tem-

per a ture. The Evaporator Refrigerant temperature will be

represented by the Refrigerant Temperature sensor input

if the sensor is present, otherwise it will be rep re sent ed

by the Evaporator Saturation temperature.

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature Setpoints –

Setpoint

Displays the present setpoint to which the chiller is op er -

at ing, whether controlled locally or remotely.

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature Setpoints

– Shut down

Displays the Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture at which

the chiller will shut down to avoid over-cooling the build-

ing. By default this value is 4°F below the Leav ing Chilled

Setpoint.

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature Setpoints

– Restart

Displays the Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture at

which the chiller will restart after it has shut down due

to over-cooling temperature. By default, the chiller

will restart at the Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture

Setpoint.

00349VIP

FIG. 6

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

PROGRAMMABLE

Local Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture -

Range Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

This is the range over which an analog (0-20mA or 4-

20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC) in Analog Remote Mode

or a digital signal (PWM) in Digital remote mode can reset

the Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature setpoint above

the operator programmed Base Setpoint (see be low).

Pro gram ma ble as ei ther 10°F or 20°F, with a de fault

of 20°F, it is added to the Base value to create a range

over which the re mote device can reset the setpoint. For

example, if this setpoint is pro grammed for 10°F and

the operator pro grammed value is 45°F, then the remote

device can set the Leav ing Chilled Liq uid Tem per a ture

setpoint over the range 45.0° - 55.0°F.

Local Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature -

Setpoint

Access Level Re quired: OPERATOR

This value allows the user to deÞ ne the Leav ing Chilled

Liquid Temperature that is to be maintained by the chill er.

It is programmable over the range of 38.0°F to 70.0°F

(water) or 10.0°F to 70.0°F (brine). If Smart Freeze (see

below) is enabled, the range is 36.0°F to 70.0°F (water).

A remote device can provide an analog signal (0-20mA

or 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC) in An a log Remote

mode or PWM signal in Digital Remote mode that chang-

es the setpoint by creating an offset above the operator

pro grammed Base Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture

setpoint. This offset may be de Þ ned up to 10.0°F or

20.0°F above the Base setpoint (see the Remote Leav ing

Chilled Liquid Temperature Setpoint Range de scrip tion

above). Additionally, a MicroGateway (in ISN Re mote

mode) can deÞ ne the setpoint through a serial data

stream. In this case, the in com ing setpoint is not an

off set that is applied to the locally programmed Base

setpoint value, but rath er is the setpoint value it self.

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature Cycling

Offset - Shutdown

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

This value allows the user to specify the Leaving Chilled

Liquid Temperature at which the chiller will shut down

on a LEAVING CHILLED LIQUID – LOW TEM-

PER A TURE cycling shutdown. This is done by de Þ n ing

an offset below the Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture

setpoint. It is programmable over a range of 1°F to 64°F

below the setpoint, to a minimum cutout of 36°F (water),

34°F (water with Smart Freeze enabled) or 6°F (brine). It

establishes the minimum allowable tem per a ture for the

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature and pre vents over-

cooling of the building. Anytime the Leaving Chilled

Liquid Temperature setpoint is in creased, the shut down

threshold is 36.0°F (water) or 6.0°F (brine) for the next

ten (10) minutes. If Smart Freeze (see be low) is enabled,

the threshold is 34.0°F for the next 10 minutes. After

ten (10) minutes have elapsed, the shut down thresh old

becomes the pro grammed setpoint val ue.

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature Cycling

Offset - Restart

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

This value allows the user to specify the Leaving Chilled

Liquid Temperature at which the chiller will restart

af ter a shutdown on a LEAVING CHILLED LIQ UID

– LOW TEMPERATURE cycling shutdown. This is

done by deÞ ning an offset above the Leaving Chilled

Liquid Temperature setpoint. It is pro gram ma ble over a

range of 0°F to 70°F above the setpoint, to a max i mum

restart value of 80°F. The chiller will au to mat i cal ly re-

start when this temperature is reached. This setpoint can

be used to reduce chiller cycling by de lay ing the chiller

restart until the cooling load has in creased.

Brine Low Evaporator Cutout

Ac cess Level Re quired: SERVICE

This value is only available in Brine mode. It allows

the user to specify the Evaporator Pressure at which a

safe ty shutdown is initiated. Service Technicians refer

to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

Sensitivity

Access Level Re quired: SER VICE

This value allows the user to adjust the sen si tiv i ty of the

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature con trol. Service

Tech ni cians refer to YORK Service Manual 160.55-

M1.

Smart Freeze (Off / On)

Access Level Re quired: SER VICE

This value is only available if the chiller is not in Brine

mode. It allows the user to enable the Smart Freeze Point

Operation which allows the chiller to run closer to the

freeze point without shutting down. Service Tech ni cians

refer to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

Refrigerant (Enabled / Disabled)

Access Level Re quired: SER VICE

When an Evaporator Refrigerant Sensor has been in stalled

it must be enabled via this toggle before the sys tem will

utilize the new, enhanced resolution input. Ser vice Tech-

ni cians refer to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

CONDENSER SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen displays a cutaway view of the chiller

con dens er. All setpoints relating to the condenser side

of the chiller are maintained on this screen. Animation

indicates condenser liquid ß ow. This screen also serves

as a gateway to controlling the Refrigerant Level.

DISPLAY ONLY

Leaving Condenser Liquid Temperature

Displays the water temperature as it leaves the con dens er.

Return Condenser Liquid Temperature

Displays the water temperature as it enters the con-

dens er.

Condenser Pressure

Displays the refrigerant pressure in the condenser.

Condenser Saturation Temperature

Displays the saturation temperature in the condenser.

Small Temperature Difference

Displays the difference between the Condenser Re frig -

er ant temperature and the Leaving Condenser Liq uid

tem per a ture. The Condenser Refrigerant tem per a ture

will be represented by the Condenser Saturation tem-

per a ture.

Drop Leg Refrigerant Temperature

Displays the temperature of the refrigerant in the drop

leg between the condenser and evaporator shells, if the

sensor is present.

Sub-Cooling Temperature

Displays the difference between the Condenser Re frig -

er ant temperature and the Drop Leg Refrigerant tem-

per a ture. The Condenser Refrigerant temperature will

be represented by the Condenser Saturation tem per a ture.

If the Drop Leg sensor is not present, this tem per a ture

is not displayed.

High Pressure Switch (Open / Closed)

Displays the present position of the high pressure switch.

This will indicate whether a High Pres sure fault is pres-

ent.

Condenser Liquid Flow Switch

Indicates whether ß ow is present in the con dens er.

Condenser Liquid Pump (Run / Stop)

Indicates whether Condenser liquid pump is operat-

ing.

Refrigerant Level Position

Displays the present position of the refrigerant level if

this function is enabled.

00350VIP0

FIG. 7

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Refrigerant Level Setpoint

Displays the setpoint to which the refrigerant level is

being con trolled.

Ramp Up Time Remaining

Displays the time remaining in the period in which

the Re frig er ant Level Setpoint is being ramped to the

Re frig er ant Level Target Setpoint. This only dis played

if the Re frig er ant Ramp is in effect and the value is

non-zero. Service Technicians refer to YORK Service

Man u al 160.55-M1.

PROGRAMMABLE

High Pressure Warning Threshold

Access Level Re quired: SER VICE

This value allows the user to deÞ ne the con dens er pres-

sure at which the chiller will initiate a warn ing.

Drop Leg (Enabled / Disabled)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

When a Drop Leg Refrigerant Sensor has been in stalled

it must be enabled via this toggle before the system will

utilize the new, enhanced resolution input. Service Tech-

ni cians refer to YORK Ser vice Manual 160.55-M1.

NAVIGATION

Home

Ac cess Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Purge

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Moves to the subscreen al low ing programming of the

Purge System Setpoints.

Refrigerant Level Control

Access Level Re quired: SERVICE

Moves to the sub-screen allowing programming of the

Refrigerant Level control setpoints.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

PURGE SCREEN

00351VIP

FIG. 8

OVERVIEW

This screen displays a cutaway view of the Purge Tank.

LED’s depict the state of the Float switches, Oil Valve

solenoid and Air Valve solenoid and the purge exhaust

count is displayed. All setpoints relating to the purge

sys tem are maintained on this screen. The Purge tank

oil level, based on the position of the ß oat switches,

is de pict ed through animation. When both the Float

Switch es are closed, the oil level is shown at its lowest

(empty) level. When both Float switches are open, the

level is shown at its highest (full) level. Levels be tween

these ex tremes are shown at midpoint.

DISPLAY ONLY

Air Valve Solenoid (LED)

Illuminated when the Air Valve Solenoid is energized

(open), venting non-condensibles from the Purge tank.

Oth er wise, extinguished. For High EfÞ ciency (pump

assisted) purge systems, the valve is en er gized at >90.0

PSIA and de-energizes when the pressure decreases to

<80.0 PSIA. For non-assisted purge systems, the valve

is energized at >34.7 PSIA and de-energized when the

pressure decreases to <29.7 PSIA.

Top Float Switch (LED)

Illuminated when the Top Float Switch is closed,

in di cat ing the Purge Tank oil level is less than full.

Ex tin guished when it is open, indicating the level is at

max i mum (full).

Bottom Float Switch (LED)

Illuminated when the Bottom Float Switch is closed, in-

di cat ing the Purge Tank oil level is at minimum (emp ty).

Extinguished when it is open, indicating the oil level is

above minimum.

Oil Valve Solenoid (LED)

Illuminated when the Oil Valve Solenoid is energized,

Þ lling the Purge Tank with oil. Extinguished when it is

de-energized, draining the oil from the Purge tank.

Pressure

Displays the pressure in the Purge Tank.

Exhaust Count

Displays the number of purge exhausts that have oc-

curred within the last 0 to 60 minutes, as displayed in

the Exhaust Window. After a 60 minute bypass at chill er

start, purge exhausts are counted until the Excess Purge

threshold is reached or the chiller shuts down, where-

up on the count is frozen. The count will be reset when

the chiller starts.

Exhaust Window

Displayed as 0 to 60 minutes. After a 60 minute bypass

at chiller start, the Exhaust Window increments from 0

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

to 60. During this period, purge exhausts are counted

and the Exhaust Count displayed is that which has oc-

curred in the last number of minutes displayed in the

Exhaust Window. After the Exhaust Window reaches

60, the purge exhausts that occurred in the oldest min-

ute are discarded from the Exhaust Count and exhausts

from the most recent minute are shifted in, providing a

roll ing count of purge exhausts that occurred in the last

60 minutes. It remains at 60 until the chiller is restarted,

whereupon it is reset to 0.

Bypass Time Left

Replaces “Exhaust Window” label during the Þ rst 60

minutes of chiller run. Counts down the 60 minute purge

count bypass.

PROGRAMMABLE

High Efﬁ ciency Purge System (Enabled/Disabled)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Selects the appropriate control and purge exhaust

thresh olds for the installed purge system. High EfÞ -

ciency (pump assisted) purge systems exhaust at >90.0

PSIA. Non pump-assisted purge systems exhaust at

>34.7 PSIA.

Maximum Purges/Hour

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR/SERVICE

Allows the user to deÞ ne the number of purge air ex-

hausts permitted before an Excess Purge Warning is dis-

played. With OPERATOR access lev el, the value can be

pro grammed over a range of 10 to 30 Purges/Hour. Ser-

vice Technicians, in SERVICE ac cess level can pro gram

this setpoint over a greater range. Service Tech ni cians

refer to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Condenser

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Condenser Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

REFRIGERANT LEVEL CONTROL SCREEN

FIG. 9 00303VIP

OVERVIEW

This screen displays a cutaway view of the chiller con-

dens er, along with the liquid refrigerant level sensor and

the ß ow control valve. All setpoints relating to the liq uid

level control are maintained on this screen. Through

animation, the variable oriÞ ce position is dis played. In

addition, the refrigerant ß ow control valve (variable

or i Þ ce) can be man u al ly op er at ed.

Requires a login ac cess level of

SERVICE. Service Tech ni cians re fer

to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1

for operation in struc tions and ex pla -

na tion of all pro gram ma ble setpoints

and dis played values.

DISPLAY ONLY

Refrigerant Level Position

Displays the present position of the liquid level. The

re frig er ant level is animated in the cutaway view of the

condenser. When the actual level is 0% to 15%, the level

is shown about 50% full. When the actual level is 16%

to 31%, the level is shown about 60% full. When the

actual lev el is 32% to 47%, the level is shown about 70%

full. When the actual level is 48% to 63%, the level is

shown about 80% full. When the actual level is 64% to

79%, the level is shown as about 90% full. Ac tu al levels

above 79%, shown as 100% full.

Refrigerant Level Control Mode

Indicates whether the liquid level control is under man-

u al or automatic control.

Raise (LED)

Is ON when the digital output controlling the Level

Raise contact is on.

Lower (LED)

Is ON when the digital output controlling the Level

Low er contact is on.

PROGRAMMABLE

[Refrigerant Level] Setpoint

Service Technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

[Refrigerant Level Control] Period

Service Technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

[Refrigerant Level Control] Proportional

Limit Open

Service Technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

[Refrigerant Level Control] Proportional

Limit Close

Service Technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

[Refrigerant Level Control] Rate Limit Open

Service Technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

[Refrigerant Level Control] Rate Limit Close

Service Technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

[Refrigerant Level Control] Raise (Man u al)

This key puts the level control into manual mode and

sends a RAISE command to the variable oriÞ ce.

[Refrigerant Level Control] Lower (Manual)

This key puts the level control into manual mode and

sends a LOWER command to the variable oriÞ ce.

[Refrigerant Level Control] Hold (Manual)

This key puts the level control into manual mode and

sends a HOLD command to the variable oriÞ ce.

[Refrigerant Level Control] Auto

Returns the Level Control to automatic mode.

NAVIGATION

Home

Ac cess Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Condenser

Ac cess Level Re quired: VIEW

Return to the Condenser Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

COMPRESSOR SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen displays a cutaway view of the chiller com-

pres sor, revealing the impeller and shows all con di tions

as so ci at ed with the compressor. In addition, with the

proper Access Level, the pre-rotation vanes may be

manually controlled. Animation of the com pres sor

im pel ler indicates whether the chiller is pres ent ly in a

RUN condition. This screen also serves as a gateway

to subscreens for cal i brat ing the pre-rotation vanes, cal-

i brat ing the proximity probe, conÞ guring the Hot Gas

By pass or providing advanced control of the com pres sor

motor Variable Speed Drive.

DISPLAY ONLY

Oil Pressure

Displays the pressure differential between the high side

oil pressure transducer (compressor bearing input) and

the low side oil pressure transducer (oil sump). If ei ther

of the trans duc ers used to calculate this dif fer en tial is

out of range, the display Þ eld will show XX.X.

Oil Sump Temperature

Displays the temperature of the oil in the sump

Discharge Temperature

Displays the temperature of the refrigerant in its gas eous

state at discharge of the compressor as it travels to the

condenser.

Superheat Temperature

Displays the discharge superheat temperature, cal cu -

lat ed as (Discharge temperature – Condenser Sat u rat ed

temperature).

Vane Motor Switch (LED)

Illuminates when the vanes are completely closed.

Vent Line Solenoid (LED)

Illuminates when the solenoid is energized.

Pre-Rotation Vanes Control Mode

Access Level Re quired: SER VICE

Indicates whether the vanes are under manual or au to -

mat ic control.

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Open (LED)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Indicates whether the vanes are in the process of open ing.

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Close (LED)

Access Level Re quired: SER VICE

Indicates whether the vanes are in the process of clos ing.

Pre-Rotation Vanes Position

(Variable Speed Drive only)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

This value displays the present position of the pre-ro-

ta tion vanes as a percentage between 0 and 100%.

00483VIP

FIG. 10

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Full Load Amps

Access Level Re quired: SER VICE

Displays the motor current as a percentage of the Full

Load Amps (FLA) value.

Phase A, B, C Current (Solid State Starter only)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Displays the 3-phase motor current values being read

from the Solid State Starter.

PROGRAMMABLE

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Open (Manual)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

This key puts the vane control into manual mode and

sends an OPEN command to the vanes.

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Close (Manual)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

This key puts the vane control into manual mode and

sends a CLOSE command to the vanes.

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Hold (Manual)

Access Level Re quired: SER VICE

This key puts the vane control into manual mode and

sends a HOLD command to the vanes.

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Auto

Access Level Required: SERVICE

This key returns the vane control to automatic mode.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Pre-Rotation Vane Calibration

Access Level Re quired: SER VICE

Only available if the chiller is stopped and the system

uses a Variable Speed Drive or Hot Gas Bypass con-

trol. Moves to the subscreen allowing calibration of the

Pre-rotation vanes. Service Technicians refer to YORK

Service Manual 160.55-M1.

VSD TUNING (Variable Speed Drive only)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Moves to the subscreen allowing advanced tuning of

the Variable Speed Drive. Service Technicians refer to

YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

Hot Gas

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Moves to the subscreen that allows programming of the

Hot Gas Bypass control setpoints and manual con trol

of the Hot Gas Bypass valve. Only displayed if Hot gas

Bypass feature has been enabled on the OP ER A TIONS

Screen. Service technicians refer to YORK Service

Manual 160.55-M1.

Surge

(Flash memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx and

lat er)

Access Level Required: VIEW

Moves to the sub-screen that allows viewing and

pro gram ming of the Surge Protection feature. Service

Tech ni cians refer to Service Manual 160.55-M1.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

OVERVIEW

This screen displays a cutaway view of the Hot Gas By pass

Valve. All setpoints relating to Hot Gas Bypass con trol are

maintained on this screen. Also, related Hot Gas Bypass

control parameters are displayed for ref er ence. Through

animation, the relative valve position is dis played. In ad-

dition, the valve can be manually op er at ed.

Requires access level of SERVICE.

Ser vice Tech ni cians refer to YORK

Service Man u al 160.55-M1 for op-

er a tion in struc tions and explanation

of all pro gram ma ble setpoints and

dis played val ues.

DISPLAY ONLY

Valve Position

Displays the position of the Hot Gas valve over the

range of 0% (closed) to 100% (fully open). The valve

position is animated. When the actual position is 0% to

19%, the valve is shown fully closed. When actual posi-

tion is 20% to 39% the valve is shown 25% open. When

ac tu al po si tion is 40% to 59%, the valve is shown 50%

open. When actual position is 60% to 79%, the valve is

shown as 75% open. Positions greater than 79% shown

as full open.

Pre-rotation Vanes Position

Displays the position of the Pre-Rotation Vanes over the

range of 0% (closed) to 100% (fully open). Dis played

at XXX until calibration procedure is per formed by

service technician.

Delta P/P

A parameter that represents system differential or

“Head”. It is calculated as [(condenser pressure – evap o -

ra tor pressure) / evaporator pressure].

Temperature Differential

The difference between the Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem-

per a ture and the Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture

Setpoint. It is cal cu lat ed by sub tract ing the Leav ing

Chilled Liq uid tem per a ture from the Leav ing Chilled

Liquid Tem per a ture Setpoint.

Total Surge Count

This is the total number of surge events that have been

detected over the lifetime of the chiller. These are the

surge events detected by the Surge Protection feature.

The surge events detected by the compressor Variable

Speed Drive Adaptive Capacity Control Board are not

included in this total.

Surge Detected (LED)

Illuminated for 5 seconds each time a surge is detected

by the Surge Protection feature. It does not illuminate

FIG. 11

HOT GAS BYPASS SCREEN

OptiView Control Center

00476VIP

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

in response to surge events detected by the compres-

sor Variable Speed Drive Adaptive Capacity Control

Board.

Hot Gas Bypass Control Mode

Indicates whether the Hot Gas Bypass is under au to mat ic,

manual or override control. “Override” is dis played dur-

ing Minimum Load over ride conditions or when the

Compressor Motor Variable Speed (if equipped) Drive

is run ning at less than maximum speed.

PROGRAMMABLE

Close Percentage

Service technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

Hold Period

Service technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

Surge Sensitivity

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.01.xxx and

earlier. On SURGE PRO TEC TION Screen in later

Flash Memory Card ver sions)

Service technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

Minimum Load

Service technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

Maximum Open

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx

and later)

Service Technicians refer to YORK Ser vice Man u al

160.55-M1.

[Hot Gas Bypass Control] Open (Manual)

This key puts the Hot Gas Bypass Control in manual

mode and increases the valve position by 5%.

[Hot Gas Bypass Control] Close (Manual)

This key puts the Hot Gas Bypass Control in manual

mode and decreases the valve position by 5%.

[Hot Gas Bypass Control] Auto

Returns the Hot Gas Bypass Control to automatic

mode.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Compressor

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Compressor Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

OVERVIEW

(This feature applies to Flash Memory Card ver sion

C.MLM.02.02.xxx and later)

This screen displays a cutaway view of the chiller

com pres sor and all parameters relating to the Surge

Pro tec tion feature. All setpoints relating to this fea ture

are maintained on this screen.

DISPLAY ONLY

Delta P/P

A parameter that represents the system differential or

“Head pressure”. It is calculated as (condenser pres sure

– evaporator pressure) / evaporator pres sure.

Surge Window Time

When the chiller enters run mode, this value counts

up to the time pro grammed as the COUNT WIN DOW

setpoint. When it reach es the COUNT WIN DOW min-

utes, the num ber of surge events in the oldest minute is

dis card ed and the number of surge events in the most

recent minute is added, thus pro vid ing a rolling count

of the total surge events that have occurred in the last

COUNT WINDOW min utes. This val ue is reset when

the chiller shuts down.

Surge Window Count

Displays the number of surge events that have oc-

SURGE PROTECTION SCREEN

curred in the last 1 to 5 minutes as programmed with

the COUNT WINDOW setpoint. If the chiller has been

running for less than the COUNT WINDOW minutes, it

is the number of surge events that have occurred with in

the last number of minutes dis played as the SURGE

WINDOW TIME. The count is cleared when the chiller

shuts down.

Surge Detected (LED)

Illuminates for 5 seconds each time a surge is de tect ed

by the Surge Protection feature. It does not illuminate

in response to surge events detected by the compres-

sor Variable Speed Drive Adaptive Capacity Control

Board.

Total Surge Count

Displays the total number of surge events detected over

the lifetime of the unit (up to a maximum of 65535).

These are the surge events detected by the Surge Protec-

tion feature. The surge events detected by the compressor

Variable Speed Drive Adaptive Capacity Control Board

are not included in this total.

Extended Run Time Remaining

Displays the time remaining in the 10-minute “EX-

TEND ED RUN” period. During this period, the Pre-

rotation vanes are driven closed and “Warning – Surge

Protection – Excess Surge Limit” is dis played. Refer to

operation under “Count Limit” below.

FIG. 12 00482VIP

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

PROGRAMMABLE

Shutdown (Enabled/Disabled)

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the user to select whether the chiller will shut-

down or continue to run when an Excess Surge sit u a tion

has been detected.

If this setpoint is Enabled and the EXTENDED RUN

setpoint is Disabled, a safety shutdown is per formed

when the SURGE WINDOW COUNT exceeds the

COUNT LIMIT setpoint.

If this setpoint is Enabled and the EXTENDED RUN

setpoint is Enabled, a safety shutdown is per formed if

the SURGE WINDOW COUNT exceeds the COUNT

LIMIT setpoint at the completion of the 10 minute Ex-

tend ed Run period.

“Surge Protection – Excess Surge” is displayed with

either shutdown.

If this setpoint is Disabled, refer to operation under

“Count Limit” below.

With Software version C.MLM.02.05.xxx (and later) or

C.OPT.02.05.xxx (and later):

• If equipped with a compressor Variable Speed

Drive (VSD), the VSD output frequency must

be at maximum before the SHUTDOWN feature

is implemented or surge warning messages are

displayed.

• If equipped with a VSD and Hot Gas Bypass

(Enabled), the VSD output frequency must be

at maximum AND the Hot Gas Valve must be

at 100% before the SHUTDOWN feature is

implemented or surge warning messages are

displayed.

Extended Run (Enabled/Disabled)

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the user to select the surge correction/avoid ance

EXTENDED RUN mode. This will be im ple ment ed

when an Excess surge situation is detected as follows:

Anytime the SURGE WINDOW COUNT exceeds the

COUNT LIMIT, the Pre-rotation vanes are driven closed

for the next 10 minutes. While this load inhibit is in ef-

fect, “Warn ing – Surge Protection – Excess Surge Limit”

is dis played. When 10 minutes have elapsed, the warn-

ing message and load inhibit are automatically cleared,

provided the SURGE WINDOW COUNT is less than

or equal to the COUNT LIM IT. If the SHUT DOWN

setpoint is Enabled, and the SURGE WIN DOW COUNT

exceeds the COUNT LIMIT at the com ple tion of this

period, a safety shutdown is performed and “Surge

Pro tec tion – Excess Surge” is displayed.

If the Hot Gas Bypassed control is Enabled, the Hot Gas

By pass Valve position must be 100% before the Ex tend ed

Run mode is implemented. If the chill er is equipped with a

compressor motor Variable Speed Drive, output fre quen cy

must be at full speed (50 Hz/60 Hz) before the Ex tend ed

Run mode is implemented. If the chiller is equipped with

both Hot Gas Bypass and com pres sor motor Variable Speed

Drive, both of the con di tions must be met before Extended

Run is im ple ment ed.

Count Window

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the user to deÞ ne the period of time (1 to 5

minutes; default 5 ; default 3 with Software version

C.MLM.02.05.xxx {and later} or C.OPT.02.05.xxx {and

later}) in which the number of surge events (SURGE

WIN DOW COUNT) are compared to the max i mum al-

lowed (COUNT LIMIT), for the purpose of de tect ing

an excess surge situation.

Count Limit

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the user to deÞ ne the maximum number of surge

events (4 to 20; default 4; default 15 with Software ver-

sion C.MLM.02.05.xxx {and later} or C.OPT.02.05.xxx

{and later}) that can occur within a de Þ ned period of time

before an Excess Surge situation is de tect ed. If the SURGE

WINDOW COUNT exceeds the COUNT LIM IT, an Ex-

cess Surge situation has oc curred.

When an Excess Surge situation is detected, the action

de pends upon the following:

• If both the SHUTDOWN and EXTENDED RUN

setpoints are Disabled, the chiller will continue to

run, dis play ing the message “Warning – Excess

Surge detected”. See Hot Gas Bypass and Variable

Speed Drive exceptions above.

• If the SHUTDOWN setpoint is Enabled and the

EX TEND ED RUN setpoint is Disabled, the chiller

will per form a safety shutdown and display “Surge

Protection – Excess Surge”. See Hot Gas Bypass

and Variable Speed Drive exceptions above.

• If the SHUTDOWN setpoint is Disabled and the

EX TEND ED RUN setpoint is Enabled, the Pre-ro-

tation Vanes are driven closed for 10 minutes and

“Warning – Surge Pro tec tion – Excess Surge Lim it”

is displayed. When the 10 minutes have elapsed,

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

if the SURGE WINDOW COUNT is less than or

equal to the COUNT LIMIT, this message and load

inhibit are au to mat i cal ly cleared. Al ter nat ing with

this message is “Warning – Excess Surge De tect ed”

that continues after the 10 minute pe ri od has elapsed

until man u al ly cleared with the Warning Reset key.

See Hot Gas By pass and Variable Speed Drive ex-

ception above.

• If both the SHUTDOWN and EXTENDED RUN

setpoint are Enabled, the 10 minute Extended RUN

mode is in voked as described above. However, if the

SURGE WIN DOW COUNT exceeds the COUNT

LIMIT at the completon of the 10 minute extended

run period, a safety shutdown is per formed and

“Surge Protection – Excess Surge” is dis played. See

Hot Gas By pass and Variable Speed Drive exception

above.

Surge Sensitivity

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Allows the user to deÞ ne the surge detection sen si tiv i ty.

Se lect able over the range of 0.3 to 1.3; default 0.3. The

smaller the number, the greater the sensitivity.

Clear Surge Count

Access Level Required: ADMIN

Allows user to set the Total Surge Count to zero.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen

Compressor

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Compressor Screen.

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

TO MAINTAIN FORMAT

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

PRE-ROTATION VANES CALIBRATION SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen displays a cutaway view of the chiller com-

pres sor, revealing the pre-rotation vanes and pro vides

the capability of calibrating the pre-rotation vanes for

either Variable Speed Drive or Hot Gas By pass ap pli -

ca tions.

Requires a login ac cess level of SER-

VICE. Service Technicians refer to

YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1

for operation instructions and ex pla -

na tion of all programmable setpoints

and displayed values.

DISPLAY ONLY

Pre-Rotation Vanes Opening (LED)

Indicates the vanes are opening.

Pre-Rotation Vanes Closing (LED)

Indicates the vanes are closing.

Calibration in Progress (LED)

Indicates the calibration sequence is in progress.

Calibration Messages

These are text messages which step the user through the

calibration process and indicate its success or fail ure.

Hot Gas PRV Voltage

Displays the Pre-rotation Vanes position potentiom-

eter feed back voltage when the Hot Gas Feature is

En abled.

PROGRAMMABLE

Start Calibration

This option is hidden after cal i bra tion has start ed.

Ser vice Technicians refer to YORK Ser vice Manual

160.55-M1 for an ex pla na tion of this setpoint.

Cancel Calibration

This option only becomes available after calibration

has started. Service Technicians refer to YORK Service

Man u al 160.55-M1 for an explanation of this setpoint.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Compressor

Access Level Required: VIEW

Return to the Compressor Screen.

00354VIP

FIG. 13

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

TO MAINTAIN FORMAT

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

VSD TUNING SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen displays a cutaway view of the chiller com-

pres sor, revealing the pre-rotation vanes and pro vides

the capability of manually controlling the pre-rotation

vanes. Animation of the pre-rotation vanes indicates

the pre-rotation vane position. In addition, this screen

al lows manual control of the fre quen cy com mand be ing

sent to the Variable Speed Drive.

Re quires a login access level of

SERVICE. Service Technicians re fer

to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1

for operation instructions and ex pla -

na tion of all programmable setpoints

and displayed values.

DISPLAY ONLY

Output Frequency

Displays the Output Frequency reported by the Vari able

Speed Drive.

Temperature Differential

Displays the differential between the Leaving Chilled

Liquid Temperature and Setpoint.

Delta P/P

Displays a value based on the pressure differential

be tween the Evaporator and Condenser pressures.

[(Condenser – Evaporator) / Evaporator]

Pre-Rotation Vanes Control Mode

Indicates whether the vanes are under manual or au to -

mat ic control.

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Open (LED)

Indicates whether the vanes are in the process of

opening.

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Close (LED)

Indicates whether the vanes are in the process of

closing.

Pre-Rotation Vane Position

This value displays the present position of the pre-ro-

ta tion vanes as a percentage between 0 and 100%.

[VSD] Command Frequency

Displays the frequency value being sent to the Adap tive

Capacity Control.

[VSD] Frequency Control Mode (Manual / Auto)

Displays the present state of the command frequency

control.

00477VIP

FIG. 14

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Output Current – Phase A, B, C

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx

and later)

Displays the phase current measured to the motor.

PROGRAMMABLE

Set

Allows manual programming of the command fre quen cy

value. Manually programming this value will put the

VSD frequency control into manual mode.

Auto

Following manual programming of the command fre-

quen cy, this returns the system to automatic control.

Fixed

This key puts the VSD frequency control into Þ xed speed

mode and constantly sends the maximum fre quen cy to

the Variable Speed Drive control.

Incr Amount

DeÞ nes the amount by which the Increase and De crease

commands will modify the present VSD command fre-

quen cy.

Increase

This key puts the VSD frequency control into manual

mode and increases the present command fre quen cy by

the deÞ ned frequency increment. It will not raise the

value above the maximum allowed frequency.

Decrease

This key puts the VSD frequency control into manual

mode and decreases the present command frequency by

the deÞ ned frequency increment. It will not lower the

value below one (1) Hz.

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Open (Manual)

This key puts the vane control into manual mode and

sends an OPEN command to the contacts.

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Close (Manual)

This key puts the vane control into manual mode and

sends a CLOSE command to the contacts.

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Hold (Manual)

This key puts the vane control into manual mode and

sends a HOLD command to the contacts.

[Pre-Rotation Vanes] Auto

Returns Vane Control to automatic mode.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Compressor

Access Level Required: VIEW

Return to the Compressor Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

OIL SUMP SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen displays a close-up of the chiller oil

sump.

DISPLAY ONLY

Oil Sump Temperature

Displays the temperature of the oil in the sump.

Oil Pressure

Displays the pressure differential between the high side

oil pressure transducer (output of oil Þ lter) and the low

side oil pressure transducer (compressor housing). If

either of the transducers used to calculate this dif fer -

en tial is out of range, the display Þ eld will show XX.X.

Oil Pump Run Output (LED)

Indicates whether the Oil Pump is being commanded

to operate.

Manual Oil Pump Operation Time Left

Displays the time remaining in the 10-minute manual

oil pump operation described below.

PROGRAMMABLE

Manual Pump

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

This key puts the Oil Pump control in Manual Mode and

forces it to RUN. The Oil Pump is limited to run ning for

a maximum of ten (10) minutes. If a longer running time

is desired, this key must be pressed again. Manual Oil

Pump control is disabled (and the button hidden) during

system prelube, system run and system coastdown.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

00356VIP

FIG. 15

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

ELECTRO-MECHANICAL STARTER SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen displays all information pertaining to an

Electro-Mechanical Starter.

DISPLAY ONLY

Motor Run (LED)

Indicates whether the digital output from the controls

is commanding the motor to RUN.

Motor Current % Full Load Amps

Displays the motor current as a percentage of the Full

Load Amps (FLA) value. For the Electro-Mechanical

Starter this is the data returned by the CM-2 board.

Current Limit Setpoint

Displays the current limit value in use. This value could

come from a 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC

input in An a log Re mote mode, PWM signal in Digital

Re mote mode, MicroGateway in ter face in ISN mode

or a lo cal ly pro grammed value.

Pulldown Demand Time Left

Displays the time remaining in the programmed pull-

down period if the value is non-zero.

PROGRAMMABLE

Local Motor Current Limit

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the user to specify the maximum allowed mo-

tor current (as a percentage of FLA). When the motor

cur rent reaches this value, the pre-rotation vanes will

not be permitted to open further. If the motor current

rises above this value, the pre-rotation vanes will close

to reduce the current to this value.

Pulldown Demand Limit

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the user to specify the current limit value (as a

percentage of FLA) to which the chiller will be limited

during the speciÞ ed pulldown limit time. This value will

override the Motor Current Limit value during this time

period. This function is used to provide energy savings

following chiller start-up.

Pulldown Demand Time

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the user to set a period of time for which the pull-

down demand limit will be in effect after the chiller starts.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

00357VIP

FIG. 16

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

MOD “A” SOLID STATE STARTER SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen displays all information pertaining to the

Mod “A” Solid State Starter.

DISPLAY ONLY

Motor Run (LED)

Indicates whether the digital output from the controls is

commanding the motor to RUN.

Motor Current % Full Load Amps

Displays the motor current as a percentage of the Full

Load Amps (FLA) value. For the Solid State Starter this

is the data returned by the Starter Logic board.

Current Limit Setpoint

Displays the current limit value in use. This value could

come from a 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC

input in An a log Remote mode, PWM signal in Digital

Remote mode, MicroGateway interface in ISN mode or

a lo cal ly pro grammed value in local mode.

Pulldown Demand Time Left

Displays the time remaining in the pro grammed pull-

down period.

Scale/Model

Display information about the Liquid Cooled-Solid

State Starter Rating and the maximum allowed Full

Load Amps.

Voltage - Phase A, B, C

Display the 3-phase input line voltage values being read

from the Solid State Starter.

Current - Phase A, B, C

Display the 3-phase motor current values being read

from the Solid State Starter.

PROGRAMMABLE

Local Motor Current Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the maximum al lowed mo-

tor current (as a percentage of FLA). When the motor

cur rent reaches this value, the pre-rotation vanes will

not be permitted to open further. If the motor current

rises above this value, the pre-rotation vanes will close

to reduce the current to this value.

Pulldown Demand Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the current limit val ue (as a

percentage of FLA) to which the chiller will be limited

during the speciÞ ed pulldown limit time. This value will

override the Motor Current Limit value during this time

period. This function is used to provide energy sav ings

following chiller start-up.

Pulldown Demand Time

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

0058VIP

FIG. 17

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Allows the user to set a period of time for which the

pulldown demand limit will be in effect after the chiller

starts.

Full Load Amps

Access Level Required: SER VICE

DeÞ ne the maximum amps at which the motor can op-

er ate. This value is viewable when logged in under the

Operator or View access level. Service Technicians re fer

to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

Supply Voltage Range

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Allows the user to select a speciÞ c voltage range for volt-

age checking. When not disabled, this line voltage range

is used to determine a low line and high line volt age

threshold for initiating a shutdown. Service Tech ni cians

refer to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

Current Unbalance Check (Enabled / Dis abled)

Access Level Re quired: SER VICE

Allows the user to control whether the logic checks for

current unbalance and initiates a shutdown as a result.

Service Technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

MOD “B” SOLID STATE STARTER SCREEN

00359VIP

FIG. 18

OVERVIEW

This screen displays all information pertaining to the

Mod “B” Solid State Starter.

DISPLAY ONLY

Motor Run (LED)

Indicates whether the digital output from the controls is

commanding the motor to RUN.

Motor Current % Full Load Amps

Displays the motor current as a percentage of the Full

Load Amps (FLA) value.

Current Limit Setpoint

Displays the current limit in use. This value could come

from a 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC input

in Analog Remote Mode, PWM signal in Digital Re mote

Mode, MicroGateway interface in ISN remote Mode or

a lo cal ly programmed value in Local Mode.

Pulldown Demand Time Left

Displays the time remaining in the programmed pull-

down period.

Input Power

Displays the Kilowatts measured by the Solid State

Start er.

kW Hours

Displays the cumulative amount of kilowatts used over

time.

Starter Model

Displays the Solid State Starter model that is applied to

the chiller. Starter Models are 7L, 14L, 26L or 33L.

Voltage – Phase A, B, C

Displays the 3-phase input line voltage measured by the

Solid State Starter.

Current – Phase A, B, C

Displays the 3-phase motor current values measured by

the Solid State Starter.

Temperature – Phase A, B, C

Displays the temperatures of the Silicon Controlled

Rec ti Þ er assemblies.

PROGRAMMABLE

Local Motor Current Limit

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the user to specify the maximum al lowed mo tor

current (as percentage of FLA). When the mo tor cur rent

reaches this value, the Pre-rotation Vanes will not be

permitted to open fur ther. If the motor rises above this

value, the Pre-ro ta tion Vanes will close to reduce the

current to this value.

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Pulldown Demand Limit

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the user to specify the current limit val ue (as a

per cent age of FLA) to which the chill er will be limited

dur ing the speciÞ ed pulldown time. This value will

over ride the Motor Cur rent Limit value dur ing this time

pe ri od. This function is used to provide energy sav ings

fol low ing chiller start.

Pulldown Demand Time

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the user to set a period of time for which the

pulldown demand limit will be in effect after the chill er

starts.

Full Load Amps

Access Level Required: SERVICE

DeÞ nes the maximum amps at which the motor can oper-

ate. This value is viewable when logged in at Op er a tor

or View access level. Service technicians refer to YORK

Service Manual 160.55-M1.

Voltage Range

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Allows the user to select speciÞ c line voltage range for

voltage checking. When not disabled, this line voltage

range is used to determine a low line and high line volt-

age threshold for initiating a shutdown. Service Tech ni -

cians refer to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

Starting Current

Access Level Required: SERVICE

DeÞ nes the maximum allowed motor starting amps. The

Solid State Starter will limit the motor starting current

to this value. Service technicians refer to YORK Ser vice

manual 160.55-M1.

Open SCR (Enabled/Disabled)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Allows the user to enable or disable the Solid State

Start er Open SCR safety detection. This must never

be dis abled unless under advisement of the YORK

Fac to ry. Service Technicians refer to YORK Service

Man u al 160.55-M1.

Shorted SCR (Enabled/Disabled)

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.01 or later)

Access Level required: SERVICE

Allows the user to enable or disable the Solid State

Start er Shorted SCR safety detection. This must never

be dis abled unless under advisement of the York Fac-

to ry. Service Technicians refer to YORK Service Man u al

160.55-M1.

kWH Reset

Access Level Required: SER VICE

Allows the user to reset the cumulative Kilowatt Hours.

Service technicians refer to YORK Service Manual

160.55-M1.

NAVIGATION

HOME

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the HOME Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen displays information per tain ing to a Vari able

Speed Drive (VSD).

DISPLAY ONLY

Motor Run (LED)

Indicates whether the digital output from the controls is

commanding the motor to RUN.

Motor Current % Full Load Amps

Displays the motor current as a per cent age of the Full

Load Amps (FLA) value.

Current Limit Setpoint

Displays the current limit value in use. This value could

come from a 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC

input in An a log Remote mode, PWM signal in Digital

Remote mode, MicroGateway interface in ISN mode or

a lo cal ly pro grammed value.

Pulldown Demand Time Left

Displays the time remaining in the pro grammed pull-

down period if the value is non-zero.

Output Voltage

Displays the output voltage measured to the motor.

Output Frequency

Displays the present output frequency to the motor.

Output Current - Phase A, B, C

Displays the phase current measured to the motor.

Input Power

Displays the total Kilowatts measured by the VSD or

Harmonic Filter, if installed.

kW Hours

Displays the cumulative amount of kilowatts used over

time as the VSD motor controller operates.

Pre-Rotation Vane Position

Displays the pre-rotation vane position as a value be-

tween 0 and 100%.

Harmonic Filter Data (Harmonic Fil ter

installed only)

Supply kVA

Displays the supply kva measured by the Þ lter.

Total Power Factor

Displays the relationship between the Input Power and

the Supply kVA.

Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion - L1, L2, L3

Displays the Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) for each

of the voltage lines as calculated by the Þ lter.

00360VIP

FIG. 19

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Supply Current Total Demand Distortion -

L1, L2, L3

Displays the Total Dynamic Distortion (TDD) for each

of the supply current lines as calculated by the Þ lter.

PROGRAMMABLE

Local Motor Current Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the maximum al lowed mo-

tor current (as a percentage of FLA). When the motor

cur rent reaches this value, the pre-rotation vanes will

not be permitted to open further. If the motor current

rises above this value, the pre-rotation vanes will close

to reduce the current to this value.

Pulldown Demand Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the current limit val ue (as a

percentage of FLA) to which the chiller will be limited

during the speciÞ ed pulldown limit time. This value will

override the Motor Current Limit value during this time

period. This function is used to provide energy sav ings

following chiller start-up.

Pulldown Demand Time

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to set a period of time for which the

pulldown demand limit will be in effect after the chill er

starts.

kWH Reset

Access Level Required: SER VICE

Allows the user to reset the cumulative Kilowatt Hours.

Service Technicians refer to YORK Ser vice Man u al

160.55-M1.

Filter Inhibit (Harmonic Filter installed only)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Disable the Þ lter logic from activating, although the

sys tem will still communicate with the device. Only

avail able when chiller is stopped.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

VSD Details

Access Level Required: VIEW

Moves to the subscreen which provides more in for -

ma tion about the Variable Speed Drive.

ACC Details

Access Level Required: SER VICE

Moves to the subscreen which provides more in for -

ma tion about the Adaptive Capacity Control.

Filter Details (Harmonic Filter installed only)

Access Level Required: VIEW

Moves to the subscreen which provides more in for -

ma tion about the Harmonic Filter.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE DETAILS SCREEN

(STYLE D VSD AND VSD WITH PART NUMBER 371-03789-XXX

(503 HP 60 HZ; 410 HP 50 HZ)

OVERVIEW

This screen displays more detailed information pertain-

ing to a Variable Speed Drive (VSD). Flash Memory

Card version C.MLM.02.04.xxx (and later) is required

for VSD part number 371-03789-xxx (503HP 60Hz;

419 HP 50Hz). Service Tech ni cians refer to YORK

Service Manual 160.55-M1 for operation instructions

and explanation of all pro gram ma ble setpoints and

displayed values.

DISPLAY ONLY

Motor Run (LED)

Indicates whether the digital output from the controls is

commanding the motor to RUN.

Motor Current % Full Load Amps

Displays the motor current as a percentage of the Full

Load Amps (FLA) value. For the Variable Speed Drive

this is the data returned by the VSD Logic board.

Current Limit Setpoint

Displays the current limit value in use. This value could

come from a 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC

input in An a log Remote mode, PWM signal in Digital

Remote mode, MicroGateway interface in ISN mode or

a locally pro grammed value.

Pulldown Demand Time Left

Displays the time remaining in the pro grammed pull-

down period if the value is non-zero.

Water Pump Output (LED)

Indicates whether the relay controlling the wa ter pump

output is energized.

Precharge Relay Output (LED)

Indicates whether the relay controlling the precharge

output is energized.

Trigger SCR Output (LED)

Indicates whether the relay controlling the trig ger SCR

output is energized.

DC Bus Voltage

Displays the DC Bus voltage as reported by the VSD.

DC Inverter Link Current

Displays the DC Inverter link current as re port ed by

the VSD.

LD09096

FIG. 20

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Internal Ambient Temperature

Displays the ambient temperature inside the VSD cab-

i net as reported by the VSD.

Converter Heatsink Temperature

Displays the heatsink temperature of the con vert er as

reported by the VSD.

Baseplate Temperature - Phase A, B, C

(“Labeled “Heatsink Temperatures on VSD Style D)

Displays the baseplate temperature of each of the 3-

phase voltage regulators as reported by the VSD

VSD Model

Ac cess Level Re quired: SER VICE

Displays the Horsepower conÞ guration of the Variable

Speed Drive control.

100% Full Load Amps

Displays the full load amps value as reported by the

VSD.

PROGRAMMABLE

Local Motor Current Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the maximum al lowed mo-

tor current (as a percentage of FLA). When the motor

cur rent reaches this value, the pre-rotation vanes will

not be permitted to open further. If the motor current

rises above this value, the pre-rotation vanes will close

to reduce the current to this value.

Pulldown Demand Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the current limit val ue (as a

percentage of FLA) to which the chiller will be limited

during the speciÞ ed pulldown limit time. This value will

override the Motor Current Limit value during this time

period. This function is used to provide energy sav ings

following chiller start-up.

Pulldown Demand Time

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to set a period of time for which the

pulldown demand limit will be in effect after the chill er

starts.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

VSD

Access Level Required: VIEW

Returns to the VSD Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE DETAILS SCREEN

(APPLICABLE TO VSD WITH PART NUMBER 371-02767-XXX (60 HZ) OR 371-03700-XXX (50 HZ))

OVERVIEW

This screen displays more detailed information per-

tain ing to a Variable Speed Drive (VSD). Service

Tech ni cians refer to YORK Service Manual 160.55-

M1 for op er a tion instructions and explanation of all

pro gram ma ble setpoints and displayed values.

DISPLAY ONLY

Motor Run (LED)

Indicates whether the digital output from the controls is

commanding the motor to RUN.

Motor Current % Full Load Amps

Displays the motor current as a percentage of the Full

Load Amps (FLA) value. For the Variable Speed Drive

this is the data returned by the VSD Logic board.

Current Limit Setpoint

Displays the current limit value in use. This value could

come from a 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC

input in An a log Remote mode, PWM signal in Digital

Remote mode, MicroGateway interface in ISN mode or

a locally pro grammed value.

Pulldown Demand Time Left

Displays the time remaining in the pro grammed pull-

down period if the value is non-zero.

Water Pump Output (LED)

Indicates whether the relay controlling the wa ter pump

output is energized.

Precharge Relay Output (LED)

Indicates whether the relay controlling the precharge

output is energized.

Trigger SCR Output (LED)

Indicates whether the relay controlling the trig ger SCR

output is energized.

DC Bus Voltage

Displays the DC Bus voltage as reported by the VSD.

DC Inverter Link Current

Displays the DC Inverter link current as re port ed by

the VSD.

00562VIP

FIG. 21

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Internal Ambient Temperature

Displays the ambient temperature inside the VSD cab-

i net as reported by the VSD.

Converter Heatsink Temperature

Displays the heatsink temperature of the con vert er as

reported by the VSD.

Baseplate Temperature

Displays the Baseplate temperature of the 3-phase volt-

age regulators as reported by the VSD.

VSD Model

Ac cess Level Re quired: SER VICE

Displays the Horsepower conÞ guration of the Variable

Speed Drive control.

100% Full Load Amps

Displays the full load amps value as reported by the

VSD.

PROGRAMMABLE

Local Motor Current Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the maximum al lowed mo-

tor current (as a percentage of FLA). When the motor

cur rent reaches this value, the pre-rotation vanes will

not be permitted to open further. If the motor current

rises above this value, the pre-rotation vanes will close

to reduce the current to this value.

Pulldown Demand Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the current limit val ue (as a

percentage of FLA) to which the chiller will be limited

during the speciÞ ed pulldown limit time. This value will

override the Motor Current Limit value during this time

period. This function is used to provide energy sav ings

following chiller start-up.

Pulldown Demand Time

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to set a period of time for which the

pulldown demand limit will be in effect after the chill er

starts.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

VSD

Access Level Required: VIEW

Returns to the VSD Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

ADAPTIVE CAPACITY CONTROL DETAILS SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen displays more detailed in for ma tion per-

tain ing to a Adaptive Capacity Control (ACC).

Requires a login access level of SER-

VICE. Service Technicians refer to

YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1

for operation instructions and ex pla -

na tion of all programmable setpoints

and dis played values.

DISPLAY ONLY

Motor Run (LED)

Indicates whether the digital output from the controls is

commanding the motor to RUN.

Motor Current % Full Load Amps

Displays the motor current as a percentage of the Full

Load Amps (FLA) value. For the Variable Speed Drive

this is the data returned by the VSD Logic board.

Current Limit Setpoint

Displays the current limit value in use. This value could

come from a 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC

input in An a log Remote mode, PWM signal in Digital

Remote mode, MicroGateway interface in ISN mode or

a locally pro grammed value.

Pulldown Demand Time Left

Displays the time remaining in the pro grammed pull-

down period if the value is non-zero.

VSD Output Frequency

Displays the frequency at which the VSD is operating

the motor.

Pre-Rotation Vane Position

Displays the pre-rotation vane position as a value be-

tween 0 and 100%.

Surge Count

The total number of surge conditions detected by the Adap-

tive Capacity Control. The surge events detected by the

Surge Protection feature are not included in this total.

Delta P/P

The value calculated by the Condenser and Evaporator

pressures as reported by the Adaptive Ca pac i ty Con trol.

PROGRAMMABLE

Local Motor Current Limit

Allows the user to specify the maximum al lowed mo-

tor current (as a percentage of FLA). When the motor

cur rent reaches this value, the pre-rotation vanes will

not be permitted to open further. If the motor current

rises above this value, the pre-rotation vanes will close

to reduce the current to this value.

00362VIP

FIG. 22

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Pulldown Demand Limit

Allows the user to specify the current limit val ue (as a

percentage of FLA) to which the chiller will be limited

during the speciÞ ed pulldown limit time. This value will

override the Motor Current Limit value during this time

period. This function is used to provide energy sav ings

following chiller start-up.

Pulldown Demand Time

Allows the user to set a period of time for which the

pulldown demand limit will be in effect after the chiller

starts.

Stability Limit

Adjusting this value modiÞ es the pre-rotation vane con-

trol algorithm when used in conjunction with an ACC.

Surge Margin Adjust

When the ACC maps a surge point, it will begin to

ad just the chiller command frequency and vane con-

trols at a certain “margin” from the mapped point. This

pro gram ma ble value allows the service technician to

mod i fy the “margin” at which these adjustments will

begin to take place.

Manual Surge Point

This key will force the ACC to map a surge detection

at the present operating con di tions. Mapping a point at

these conditions will cause the ACC to make ad just -

ments to the command frequency in the future in order

to pre vent the chiller from operating at the con di tions

mapped. USE WITH CAUTION.

ACC Auto Map Print (Enabled / Disabled)

The chiller monitors the ACC communications and

when a surge point is mapped, a short report of system

pa ram e ters is printed. When this function is active, all

other printing capability is disabled.

ACC Map Report

The chiller requests the entire surge map from the ACC.

As the map is received, the parameters for each point

are printed.

Surge Map Clear

This key instructs the ACC to clear all of the surge points

presently mapped. This key will require con Þ r ma tion of

its selection by entry of a special pass word. USE WITH

CAUTION.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

VSD

Access Level Required: VIEW

Returns to the VSD Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

HARMONIC FILTER DETAILS SCREEN

(STYLE D VSD AND VSD WITH PART NUMBER 371-03789-XXX

(503 HP 60 HZ; 410 HP 50 HZ

OVERVIEW

This screen displays more detailed in for ma tion per-

tain ing to the IEEE-519 Harmonic Filter. Flash Memory

Card version C.MLM.02.04.xxx (and later) is required

for VSD part number 371-03789-xxx (503HP 60Hz;

419 HP 50Hz).

DISPLAY ONLY

Motor Run (LED)

Indicates whether the digital output from the controls

is commanding the motor to RUN.

Motor Current % Full Load Amps

Displays the motor current as a percentage of the Full

Load Amps (FLA) value. For the Variable Speed Drive

this is the data returned by the VSD Logic board.

Current Limit Setpoint

Displays the current limit value in use. This value could

come from a 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC

input in An a log Remote mode, PWM signal in Digital

Remote mode, MicroGateway interface in ISN mode

or a locally pro grammed value.

Pulldown Demand Time Left

Displays the time remaining in the pro grammed pull-

down period if the value is non-zero.

Operating Mode (Run / Stop)

Indicates whether the Harmonic Filter is op er at ing.

VSD Model

Access Level Required: SER VICE

Displays the horsepower for which the attached Har-

mon ic Filter is conÞ gured.

DC Bus Voltage

Displays the DC Bus voltage as measured by the Har-

mon ic Filter.

Supply Contactor (LED)

Indicates whether the output to the Sup ply Contactor

is energized.

Precharge Contactor (LED)

Indicates whether the output to the Precharge Contactor

is energized.

Phase Rotation

Displays the phase rotation detected by the Harmonic

Filter (A, B, C or C, B, A)

Total Supply kVA

Displays the total supply KiloVolt-Amps mea sured by

the Harmonic Filter.

00363VIP

FIG. 23

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Heatsink Temperature

(Labeled “Baseplate Temperatures” on VSD with

part number 371-03789-xxx {503HP 60Hz; 419HP

50Hz}).

Displays the temperature of the Harmonic Fil ter Heat-

sink.

Voltage Peak (N-L1, N-L2, N-L3)

Displays the 3-phase peak voltages as mea sured by the

Harmonic Filter (Neutral to Line).

RMS Voltage (L1-L2, L2-L3, L3-L1)

Displays the 3-phase RMS Voltages across each line.

Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion (L1, L2, L3)

Displays the 3-phase voltage Total Harmonic Dis tor tion

(THD) measurements.

RMS Filter Current (L1, L2, L3)

Displays the 3-phase Filter current values as measured

by the Harmonic Filter.

Supply Current Total Demand Distortion

(L1, L2, L3)

Displays the 3-phase Current Total Demand Distortion

(TDD) measurements.

RMS Supply Current (L1, L2, L3)

Displays the 3-phase RMS Voltages across each line.

PROGRAMMABLE

Local Motor Current Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the maximum al lowed mo-

tor current (as a percentage of FLA). When the motor

cur rent reaches this value, the pre-rotation vanes will

not be permitted to open further. If the motor current

rises above this value, the pre-rotation vanes will close

to reduce the current to this value.

Pulldown Demand Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the current limit val ue (as a

percentage of FLA) to which the chiller will be limited

during the speciÞ ed pulldown limit time. This value will

override the Motor Current Limit value during this time

period. This function is used to provide energy sav ings

following chiller start-up.

Pulldown Demand Time

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to set a period of time for which the

pulldown demand limit will be in effect after the chill er

starts.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

VSD

Access Level Required: VIEW

Returns to the VSD Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

HARMONIC FILTER DETAILS SCREEN

(VSD WITH PART NUMBER 371-02767-XXX (60 HZ) OR 371-03700-XXX (50 HZ))

OVERVIEW

This screen displays more detailed in for ma tion per-

tain ing to the IEEE-519 Harmonic Filter.

DISPLAY ONLY

Motor Run (LED)

Indicates whether the digital output from the controls

is commanding the motor to RUN.

Motor Current % Full Load Amps

Displays the motor current as a percentage of the Full

Load Amps (FLA) value. For the Variable Speed Drive

this is the data returned by the VSD Logic board.

Current Limit Setpoint

Displays the current limit value in use. This value could

come from a 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC

input in An a log Remote mode, PWM signal in Digital

Remote mode, MicroGateway interface in ISN mode

or a locally pro grammed value.

Pulldown Demand Time Left

Displays the time remaining in the pro grammed pull-

down period if the value is non-zero.

Operating Mode (Run / Stop)

Indicates whether the Harmonic Filter is op er at ing.

VSD Model

Access Level Required: SER VICE

Displays the horsepower for which the attached Har-

mon ic Filter is conÞ gured.

DC Bus Voltage

Displays the DC Bus voltage as measured by the Har-

mon ic Filter.

Supply Contactor (LED)

Indicates whether the output to the Sup ply Contactor

is energized.

Precharge Contactor (LED)

Indicates whether the output to the Precharge Contactor

is energized.

Phase Rotation

Displays the phase rotation detected by the Harmonic

Filter ( A, B, C or C, B, A )

Total Supply KVA

Displays the total supply KiloVolt-Amps mea sured by

the Harmonic Filter.

Baseplate Temperature

Displays the temperature of the Harmonic Filter Base-

plate.

00567VIP

FIG. 24

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Voltage Peak ( N-L1, N-L2, N-L3 )

Displays the 3-phase peak voltages as mea sured by the

Harmonic Filter (Neutral to Line).

RMS Voltage ( L1-L2, L2-L3, L3-L1 )

Displays the 3-phase RMS Voltages across each line.

Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion ( L1, L2, L3 )

Displays the 3-phase voltage Total Harmonic Dis tor tion

(THD) measurements.

RMS Filter Current ( L1, L2, L3 )

Displays the 3-phase Filter current values as measured

by the Harmonic Filter.

Supply Current Total Demand Distortion

( L1, L2, L3 )

Displays the 3-phase Current Total Demand Distortion

(TDD) measurements.

RMS Supply Current L1, L2, L3

Displays the 3-phase RMS Voltages across each line.

PROGRAMMABLE

Local Motor Current Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the maximum al lowed mo-

tor current (as a percentage of FLA). When the motor

cur rent reaches this value, the pre-rotation vanes will

not be permitted to open further. If the motor current

rises above this value, the pre-rotation vanes will close

to reduce the current to this value.

Pulldown Demand Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the current limit val ue (as a

percentage of FLA) to which the chiller will be limited

during the speciÞ ed pulldown limit time. This value will

override the Motor Current Limit value during this time

period. This function is used to provide energy sav ings

following chiller start-up.

Pulldown Demand Time

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to set a period of time for which the

pulldown demand limit will be in effect after the chill er

starts.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

VSD

Access Level Required: VIEW

Returns to the VSD Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

SETPOINTS SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen provides a convenient location for pro gram -

ming the most common setpoints involved in the chiller

control. This screen also serves as a gate way to a subscreen

for deÞ ning the setup of general system parameters.

DISPLAY ONLY

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature - Setpoint

Displays the present setpoint to which the chill er is op er -

at ing whether controlled remotely or locally. This val ue

could come from a 0-20mA, 4-20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-

10VDC input in An a log Remote mode, PWM sig nal in

Digital Remote mode, MicroGateway interface in ISN

mode or a locally pro grammed value.

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature Cy cling - Shut-

down

Displays the Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture at

which the chiller will shut down to avoid over-cooling

the build ing. This value is calculated by sub tract ing the

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature Cy cling Offset

– Shutdown from the Leaving Chilled Liq uid Tem-

per a ture Setpoint. If this value is below the absolute

min i mum allowed shut down temperature the minimum

val ue is displayed.

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature Cy cling – Re-

start

Displays the Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture at which

the chiller will restart after it has shut down due to over-

cooling temperature. This value is calculated by adding

the Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture Cycling Offset

– Re start to the Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture

Setpoint.

Current limit Setpoint

Displays the active Current Limit setpoint. In Local

mode, this is the locally programmed Current Limit

setpoint. In ISN remote mode, this is the setpoint re-

ceived from the MicroGateway interface. In Analog re-

mote mode, this is the setpoint received via 0-10VDC,

2-10VDC, 0-20mA or 4-20mA input. In Digital remote

mode, this is the Pulse Width Modulation input.

PROGRAMMABLE

Local Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture -

Range Access Level Re quired: OPERATOR

This is the range over which an analog signal (0-20mA, 4-

20mA, 0-10VDC or 2-10VDC) in Analog Re mote Mode

or a digital sig nal (PWM) in Digital remote mode can reset

the Leav ing Chilled Liquid Temperature setpoint above

the op er a tor programmed Base Setpoint (see be low).

Pro gram ma ble as either 10°F or 20°F, with a de fault

of 20°F, it is added to the BASE value to cre ate a range

over which the remote device can reset the setpoint. For

ex am ple, if this setpoint is pro grammed for 10°F and

the operator programmed value is 45°F, then the remote

device can set the Leaving Chilled Liq uid Tem per a ture

setpoint over the range 45.0° - 55.0°F.

00364VIP

FIG. 25

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Local Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture -

Setpoint

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

This value allows the user to deÞ ne the Leav ing Chilled

Liquid Temperature that is to be maintained by the chill er.

It is programmable over the range of 38.0°F to 70.0°F

(water) or 10.0°F to 70.0°F (brine). If Smart Freeze is

enabled, the range is 36.0°F to 70.0°F (water). A re mote

device can provide an analog signal (0-20mA, 4-20mA,

0-10VDC or 2-10VDC) in Analog Remote mode or PWM

signal in Digital Remote mode that changes the setpoint

by cre at ing an off set above the operator pro grammed

BASE Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture setpoint.

This off set may be deÞ ned up to 10.0°F or 20.0°F above

the BASE setpoint (see the Remote Leav ing Chilled Liq-

uid Tem per a ture Setpoint Range de scrip tion above).

Ad di tion al ly, a MicroGateway (in ISN Remote mode)

can de Þ ne the setpoint through a serial data stream. In

this case, the incoming setpoint is not an offset that is

ap plied to the locally programmed BASE setpoint value,

but rath er is the setpoint value itself.

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature

Cycling Off set - Shutdown

Access Level Re quired: OPERATOR

This value allows the user to specify the Leaving Chilled

Liquid Temperature at which the chiller will shut down

on a LEAVING CHILLED LIQUID – LOW TEM-

PER A TURE cycling shutdown. This is done by de Þ n ing

an offset below the Leaving Chilled Liquid Tem per a ture

setpoint. It is programmable over a range of 1°F to 64°F

below the setpoint, to a minimum cutout of 36°F (water),

34°F (water with Smart Freeze enabled) or 6°F (brine).

It es tab lish es the minimum allowed tem per a ture for the

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature and pre vents over-

cooling of the building. Anytime the Leaving Chilled

Liquid Temperature setpoint is in creased, the shutdown

threshold is 36.0°F (water) or 6.0°F (brine) for the next

ten (10) minutes. If Smart Freeze is enabled, the thresh-

old is 34.0°F for the next 10 minutes. After ten (10)

minutes have elapsed, the shutdown threshold be comes

the programmed setpoint value.

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature

Cycling Off set - Restart

Access Level Re quired: OPERATOR

This value allows the user to specify the Leaving Chilled

Liquid Temperature at which the chiller will restart af ter a

shutdown on a LEAVING CHILLED LIQUID – LOW

TEMPERATURE cycling shut down. This is done by

deÞ ning an offset above the Leaving Chilled Liq uid

Temperature setpoint. It is programmable over a range

of 0°F to 70°F above the setpoint, to a max i mum restart

value of 80°F. The chiller will au to mat i cal ly re start when

this tem per a ture is reached. This setpoint can be used

to reduce chiller cycling by de lay ing the chiller restart

until the cooling load has in creased.

Remote Analog Input Range

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

This setpoint deÞ nes, for the Control Center, the re mote

signal range applied for remote reset of the Leav ing

Chilled Liquid Temperature Setpoint and Current Limit

Setpoint in ANALOG remote mode. If the re mote

signal is 0-10VDC or 0-20mA, this setpoint must be

programmed for 0-10VDC. If the remote signal is 2-

10VDC or 4-20mA, this setpoint must be programmed

for 2-10VDC.

Local Motor Current Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the maximum al lowed mo-

tor current (as a percentage of FLA). When the motor

cur rent reaches this value, the pre-rotation vanes will

not be permitted to open further. If the motor current

rises above this value, the pre-rotation vanes will close

to reduce the current to this value.

Pulldown Demand Limit

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the current limit val ue (as

a percentage of Full Load Amps) to which the chill er

will be limited during the speciÞ ed pulldown limit time.

This value will override the Motor Current Limit value

dur ing this time period. This function is used to provide

energy savings following chiller start-up.

Pulldown Demand Time

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to set a period of time for which the pulldown

demand limit will be in effect after the chiller starts.

Access Level Required: VIEW

Generates Setpoints print report.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Setup

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Moves to the subscreen allowing setup of gen er al sys tem

parameters.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

SETUP SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen is the top level of the general con Þ g u ra tion

pa ram e ters. It allows programming of the time and

date, along with speciÞ cations as to how the time will

be dis played (12 or 24 hour format). In addition, the

chill er con Þ g u ra tion, as determined by the state of the

Microboard Program Jump ers and Program Switches

is dis played. A qualiÞ ed Service Technician, follow-

ing in struc tions in YORK Service Man u al 160.55-M1,

es tab lish es this con Þ g u ra tion per the desired operation.

This screen also serves as a gateway to more subscreens

for de Þ n ing general sys tem parameters

DISPLAY ONLY

031-01730-000 Microboard

Chilled Liquid Pump Operation:

Displays Standard or Enhanced

Motor Type:

Displays Fixed Speed or Variable Speed

Refrigerant Selection:

Displays R-11 or R123

Anti-Recycle:

Displays Disabled or Enabled

Power Failure Restart:

Displays Manual or Automatic

Liquid Type:

Displays Water or Brine

Coastdown:

Displays Standard (150 seconds) or En hanced (15

minutes – Steam Turbine applications)

Pre-Run:

Displays Standard (30 seconds) or Ex tend ed (180

sec onds)

Power Line Frequency (VSD only):

Displays 60 Hz or 50 Hz

031-02430-000 Microboard

Refrigerant Selection

Displays R11 or R123

Liquid Type

Displays Water or Brine

LD09562

FIG. 26

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

PROGRAMMABLE

Set Date

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the present date. This value is criti-

cal to logging system shutdowns accurately and for uti liz ing

the scheduling ca pa bil i ties. When prompt ed to en ter a date

value, the user must enter the day, month and four-digit year

(using leading zeroes as necessary). If with in range, the value

will be accepted. If out of range, the user is prompt ed for the

information again. At this point the user may retry the date

entry or cancel the programming at tempt.

Set Time

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to specify the present time. This value

is critical to logging system shutdowns accurately and

for utilizing the scheduling ca pa bil i ties. When prompt ed

to enter a time value, the user must enter the hour and

minute desired (using leading zeroes as nec es sary). If

the chiller is presently set to 24-hour mode, the time

must be entered in the 24-hour format. Otherwise, the

user must also select AM or PM for the entered time. If

out of range, the user is prompted for the in for ma tion

again. At this point the user may retry the time entry or

cancel the programming attempt.

Clock (Enabled / Disabled)

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to enable or disable the real-time clock in

order to conserve battery life. The clock will be dis abled

during manufacturing and must be en abled at sys tem com-

missioning. In addition, when pre par ing for pro longed

shutdown the clock should once again be dis abled.

12/24 Hr

Access Level Re quired: OPERATOR

Allows the user to specify the format in which the time

will be pre sent ed to the user. This setpoint will affect the

display of the time on the chiller panel and on all reports

generated. 12-Hour time format will include the AM and

PM mod i Þ ers and show the range of time be tween 1:00

and 12:59, while the 24-Hour time format will show the

range of time between 0:00 and 23:59.

. 031-02430-000 Microboard only

Change Settings

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Used to enter the following setpoints. Pressing this key

places a green selection box around the Þ rst changeable

setpoint. The access level determines which setpoints

can be changed. Use the ▲ and ▼ keys to place the

selection box around the desired setpoint. With the

setpoint selected, press the ENTER (√) key. A dialog

box appears with the range of settings.

Chilled Liquid Pump Operation

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Allows a Service Technician to select chilled liquid

pump control contacts (I/O Board TB2-44/45) opera-

tion as either Standard or Enhanced. Service Technicians

refer to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

Motor Drive Type

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Allows a Service Technician to enter the applied com-

pressor motor type as either electro-mechanical (EM),

Solid State Starter (SSS-Mod A), Solid State starter (SSS

– Mod B), Variable Speed Drive-60Hz or Variable Speed

Drive-50Hz. Service Technicians refer to YORK Service

manual 160.55-M1.

Anti-Recycle

Access level Required: SERVICE

Allows a Service Technician to Enable or Disable the

anti-recycle timer. Service Technicians refer to YORK

Service manual 160.55-M1.

Power Failure Restart

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the user to select Manual or Automatic restart

after power failure.

Coastdown

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Allows a Service Technician to select either Standard

(150 seconds) or Enhanced 15 minutes –Steam Turbine

applications). Service Technicians refer to YORK Ser-

vice manual 160.55-M1.

Pre-Run

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Allows Service Technician to select either Standard (30

seconds) or Extended (180 seconds)

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

Schedule

Access Level Required: VIEW

Moves to the subscreen allowing deÞ nition of the chill er

operation schedule.

Diagnostics

Access Level Required: SER VICE

Moves to the subscreen allowing limited di ag nos tic

ca pa bil i ty while operating. Refer to YORK Service

Man u al 160.55-M1

Comms

Access Level Required: VIEW

Moves to the subscreen allowing con Þ g u ra tion of sys tem

communications.

Printer

Access Level Required: VIEW

Moves to the subscreen allowing con Þ g u ra tion and

con trol of printer functions.

Sales Order

Access Level Required: VIEW

Moves to the subscreen displaying the Sales Order in for -

ma tion for the chiller system.

Operations

Access Level Required: VIEW

Moves to the subscreen displaying operating pa ram e ters

of the chiller system.

User

Access Level Required: VIEW

Moves to the subscreen allowing con Þ g u ra tion of user

preferences.

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

TO MAINTAIN FORMAT

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

SCHEDULE SCREEN

OVERVIEW

The schedule screen contains more pro gram ma ble val ues

than a normal display screen. As such, each pro gram -

ma ble value is not linked to a speciÞ c but ton. In stead the

Select key is used to enable the cur sor ar rows which

are used to highlight the day and the start or stop time

the user wishes to modify. At this point the user may

press the ‘!’ (ENTER) key to pro gram the Start / Stop

times for that day.

In order for the Start / Stop combination to be utilized,

each Start time must have a cor re spond ing Stop time

which occurs later in the day. The presently pro grammed

schedule for a given day can be cancelled by setting

both the Start time and Stop time to 12:00AM. If the

Start time equals the Stop time (with any time other

than 12:00AM), the chiller is OFF for that day. If the

user desires the chiller to operate continuously through

several days, the Stop time of Day 1 can be set to 11:

59 PM and the Start time of Day 2 can be set to 12:00

AM. The chiller will not stop but continue to operate

until the stop of Day 2.

The user has the ability to deÞ ne a standard set of Start /

Stop times which are utilized every week. The user may

then specify exception Start / Stop combinations for any

day of the week up to 6 weeks in advance. At the end

of each week the schedule for the next week is created

by com bin ing the standard week deÞ nition and the next

de Þ ned exception week. The schedule is then updated

as each of the exception weeks “shifts down”, leaving a

new, blank exception week in the 6th week slot.

DISPLAY ONLY

None

PROGRAMMABLE

Standard Week Start/Stop Times

Access Level Re quired: OPERATOR

For each day of the week, the user may spec i fy a time

for the chiller to start and a time for the chiller to stop.

The times speciÞ ed in this entry week will be used as

the default for every week of chiller operation.

Exception Start/Stop Times

Access Level Re quired: OPERATOR

For each day of the week, the user may specify a time

for the chiller to start and a time for the chiller to stop.

These Start / Stop combinations may be scheduled up to

Þ ve (5) weeks in advance and also for the present week.

As each week goes by, the new schedule will be created

for the present week using the Exception spec i Þ ca tion

in com bi na tion with the Standard week deÞ ni tion, as

de scribed above.

Schedule (Enabled / Disabled)

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to enable or disable the mon i tor ing func-

00365VIP

FIG. 27

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

tion which enforces the scheduled starting and stop ping

of the chiller.

Repeat Sunday Schedule

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

Duplicates the schedule deÞ ned for Sunday for the

re main der of the standard weekdays.

Reset All Exception Days

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Deletes all programming for exception days within the

next 6 weeks.

Select

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Places a selection box around a start time for a given day.

Use ◄ , ► , ▲ or ▼ cursor arrows to place the box

around the desired start or stop time for a given day.

Access Level Required: VIEW

Generates a Schedule print report.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Setup

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Return to the previous setup screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

USER SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen allows deÞ nition of custom User ID’s and

matching passwords. This allows the building ad min -

is tra tor to assign custom passwords to those who are

authorized to maintain the chiller.

Each Custom User value is not linked to a speciÞ c but ton.

Instead, the Change button is pressed which en ables the

cursor arrows which are used to highlight the Custom User

parameter the user wishes to modify. At this point the ‘!’

(Enter) button is pressed and the val ue may be entered.

DISPLAY ONLY

None

PROGRAMMABLE

System Language

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Allows the user to deÞ ne the language for all Screens.

The desired language is selected by scrolling through the

list of those available. English is the Default lan guage

and is selected by pressing the ▲ key when the dialog

box appears during the selection process. The selected

language will not be displayed until after the user

navigates from the USER Screen to another Screen.

English / Metric Units

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

DeÞ ne the unit system (English or Metric) used by the

chiller display.

Custom User ID (4)

Access Level Re quired: SER VICE

This allows the user to specify up to four (4) Custom User

ID values. Each user ID will then require a cor re spond ing

Password and User Level. A User ID can be deÞ ned for

various maintenance personnel. Service Tech ni cians refer

to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

Custom User Password (4)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

This allows the user to specify up to four (4) Custom

Password values. Each Password will then re quire a cor-

responding User ID and User Level. Service Tech ni cians

refer to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

Custom User Access Level (4)

Access Level Re quired: SERVICE

This allows the user to specify up to four (4) Custom User

Access Levels. Each Access Level will then re quire a cor-

responding Password and User ID. Service Tech ni cians

refer to YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Setup

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Return to the Setup Screen.

00366VIP

FIG. 28

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

TO MAINTAIN FORMAT

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

COMMS SCREEN

OVERVIEW

(Screen shown from Flash Memory Card version

C.MLM.02.02.xxx and later. Screen layout from

earlier versions slightly different)

This screen allows deÞ nition of the nec es sary com-

mu ni ca tions parameters. Refer to PRINTER Sec tion

of this book for details of the Printer connections and

set up. Presently, there are no COM 2 com mu ni ca tions

fea tures avail able.

DISPLAY ONLY

None

PROGRAMMABLE

Chiller ID

Ac cess Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

DeÞ ne the numeric chiller ID when used with in an ISN

network of chillers. This ID number is also print ed at

the top of reports obtained with a local printer.

Printer Setup and COM 2 Setup

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Pressing either key places a green selection boxa around

the Þ rst changeable parameter. Use the ▲ and ▼ keys

to place the selection box around the desired parameter

to be changed. With the selection box around the de sired

parameter, press the ENTER (✓) key. A dialog box is

displayed permitting data entry.

Printer Baud Rate

DeÞ ne the baud rate at which the panel shall com mu -

ni cate to the printer.

Printer Data Bit(s)

DeÞ ne the number of data bits with which the pan el shall

communicate to the printer.

Printer Parity Bit(s)

DeÞ ne the number of parity bits with which the pan el

shall communicate to the printer.

Printer Stop Bit(s)

DeÞ ne the number of stop bits with which the pan el shall

communicate to the printer.

COM 2 Baud Rate

DeÞ ne the baud rate at which the panel shall com mu -

ni cate through the modem port.

COM 2 Data Bit(s)

DeÞ ne the number of data bits at which the panel shall

com mu ni cate through the modem port.

COM 2 Parity Bit(s)

DeÞ ne the number of parity bits at which the panel shall

com mu ni cate through the modem port.

00478VIP

FIG. 29

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

COM 2 Stop Bit(s)

DeÞ ne the number of stop bits at which the panel shall

com mu ni cate through the modem port.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Setup

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Return to the Setup Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

PRINTER SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen allows deÞ nition of the necessary com mu -

ni ca tions parameters for the printer. Refer to PRINT ER

section of this book for details of the Printer con nec tions

and setup.

DISPLAY ONLY

Time Remaining Until Next Print

Displays the time until the next print log will occur, if

the function is enabled.

PROGRAMMABLE

Log Start Time

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

Set the time at which scheduled print logs will begin.

Output Interval

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

DeÞ ne the interval at which log printing will occur.

Automatic Printer Logging (Enabled / Disabled)

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Enable the printer to begin printing status re ports be-

gin ning at the programmed start time and re cur ring at

the interval deÞ ned above.

Printer Type

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

DeÞ ne the printer type connected to the chiller system.

ACC Auto Map Print (Enabled / Disabled)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Only available if the chiller system utilizes a Variable

Speed Drive motor controller. The chiller monitors

the ACC communications and when a surge point is

mapped, a short report of system parameters is printed.

When this function is active, all other printing ca pa bil i ty

is disabled.

ACC Map Report

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Only available if the chiller system utilizes a Variable

Speed Drive motor controller. The chiller requests the

entire surge map from the ACC. As the map is re ceived,

the parameters for each point are printed.

Print Report

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

Select the report type to print when the Print Report key is

selected. This can vary from Status report (present system

parameters), Setpoints report (present value of the system

setpoints), Schedule report (present value of the system

schedule times) or a Sales Order Data re port (informa-

tion provided on the Sales Order screen). A print report

is generated upon completion of se lec tion.

Print All Histories

Access Level Re quired: OP ER A TOR

Generate a report of the system data at the time of all

stored shutdowns.

00368VIP

FIG. 30

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Setup

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Return to the Setup Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

SALES ORDER SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen allows deÞ nition of the sales order pa ram e ters.

The Commissioning date is entered by the YORK Service

Technician at the time of chiller com mis sion ing. These

values should never be changed or en tered by any one other

than a qualiÞ ed Service Tech ni cian. Entry in struc tions are

included in the YORK Ser vice Manual 160.55-M1. The

remainder of the values are entered at the YORK Factory

during the man u fac tur ing of the chill er.

DISPLAY ONLY

Model Number

Factory deÞ ned model number of the chiller system.

Panel Serial Number

Factory deÞ ned serial number for the micropanel.

Chiller Serial Number

Factory deÞ ned serial number for the chiller system.

YORK Order Number

Factory deÞ ned order number under which the chiller

was sold.

System Information

Factory deÞ ned conditions for which the chiller was

originally rated and sold.

Condenser and Evaporator Design Load In for ma tion

Factory deÞ ned description of the condenser and evap o -

ra tor conÞ guration at time of shipment.

Nameplate Information

Factory de Þ ned information about the chiller motor

con Þ g u ra tion.

PROGRAMMABLE

Commissioning Date

Access Level Required: SER VICE

Define the date at which the chiller was com mis -

sioned.

Job Name and Location

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Factory deÞ ned job name and location the chill er is

des tined for.

Access Level Required: VIEW

This generates a listing of the Sales Order data

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Setup

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Return to the Setup Screen.

00369VIP

FIG. 31

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

TO MAINTAIN FORMAT

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

OPERATIONS SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen allows deÞ nition of general pa ram e ters hav-

ing to do with the operation of the chiller.

DISPLAY ONLY

Chiller Run Time

(Flash memory Card version C.MLM.02.01 or later)

Displays the amount of time the chiller has been run ning

since the last start signal was received. Value is reset to

zero when the chiller enters Coastdown. It re mains at

zero while shutdown and during “System Prelube”.

PROGRAMMABLE

Control Source

Access Level Required: OP ER A TOR

DeÞ ne whether the control of the chiller will be Local,

Digital Remote, Analog Remote, Modem Remote or

ISN Re mote.

Number of Starts

Access Level Required: ADMIN

Displays the number of the starts the chiller has ini ti at ed.

This may be reprogrammed to a desired value, (gen er al ly

when this value has been reset due to a Microboard re-

placement), but should not be done so ar bi trari ly.

Operating Hours

Access Level Required: ADMIN

Displays the total accumulated run time of the chiller.

This may be reprogrammed to a desired value (gen er al ly

when this value has been reset due to a Microboard re-

placement), but should not be done so arbitrarily.

Hot Gas Bypass (Enabled/Disabled)

Access level required: SERVICE

Enables and dis ables the hot gas bypass feature.

Refrigerant Level Control (Enabled/Disabled)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Enables and Disables the Refrigerant Level Control

feature.

Service Phone Numbers

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx

and later)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Displays up to two service phone numbers. The Re gion al

service phone number is displayed as the Þ rst number.

Although the label and number can be changed appro-

priately, the default for this entry is “York Intl North

American Toll Free Number 1-800-861-1001”. The

Local service phone number is displayed as the second

number. Although blank by default, the appropriate la bel

and number can be entered by a Service Tech ni cian. Ser-

vice Tech ni cians refer to Service Manual 160.55-M1.

00479VIP

FIG. 32

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Setup

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Return to the Setup Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

HISTORY SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen allows the user to browse through the faults.

In order to get a more thorough reporting of the system

conditions at the time of the recorded shut down, move

to the subscreen HISTORY DETAILS.

The user may use the Select Fault button to select the

history to view. At this point the View Details button

is used to jump to a subscreen containing stored chiller

parameters values at the time of the shutdown. Ad di -

tion al ly, the Print History button can be used to gen er ate

a hard-copy report of the parameter values at the time

of the shutdown.

DISPLAY ONLY

Last Normal Shutdown

This window displays the date and time and the de scrip -

tion of the last normal shutdown. A normal shut down

is deÞ ned as:

- Local (Panel rocker switch)

- Remote (Digital, Analog or ISN)

Last Fault While Running

This window displays the date and time and the de-

scrip tion of the last safety or cycling shutdown while

the system was running.

Last Ten Faults

This window displays a chronological listing (most

re cent Þ rst) of the date and time and the de scrip tion of

the last ten safety or cy cling shut downs that occur while

the sys tem is run ning or stopped.

PROGRAMMABLE

Print History

Access Level Required: VIEW

This generates a report listing the status of the chiller

parameters at the time of the selected shut down.

Print All Histories

Access Level Required: VIEW

This generates a report listing the status of the chiller

parameters at the time of each of the stored shut downs.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

View Details

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes a move to a subscreen containing the value of

select chiller parameters at the time of the associated

shutdown.

00565VIP

FIG. 33

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Trending

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes a move to a subscreen allowing the user to view

trending data on selected chiller parameters.

Custom View

(Flash memory Card version C.MLM.02.01 or later)

Access Level required: VIEW

Causes a move to a sub-screen allowing the user to view

the Custom Setup Screen.

Security Log

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.03.xxx

and lat er)

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Causes a move to a sub-screen allowing the user to view

a record of the last 75 setpoint changes.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

FIG. 34

HISTORY DETAILS SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen allows the user to see an on-screen printout

of all the system parameters at the time of the selected

shutdown. Not all screens are shown above. Number

of screens required to display all of the data varies ac-

cord ing to type of motor starter and options applied.

DISPLAY ONLY

History Printout

This is the on-screen printout of the system pa ram e-

ters.

PROGRAMMABLE

Page Up

Access Level Required: VIEW

Scroll up in the displayed data (if applicable).

Page Down

Access Level Required: VIEW

Scroll down in the displayed data (if applicable).

Print History

Access Level Required: VIEW

This generates a report listing the status of the chiller

parameters at the time of the selected shut down.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

History

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes a return to the History Screen.

00566VIP

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

SECURITY LOG SCREEN

OVERVIEW

(This screen only available with Flash Memory Card

version C.MLM.02.03.xxx and later)

This screen displays a listing of the last 75 setpoint

chang es. They are listed and numbered in reverse or der

in which they were changed, with the most recent listed as

number 1. Multiple pages are necessary to dis play all 75

changes. Not all setpoints are logged. Ser vice technicians

refer to list in YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

Requires a login access level of

SER VICE.

DISPLAY ONLY

Category

Displays the category of the setpoint (motor, evap o ra tor,

condenser, etc.)

Setpoint

Displays the setpoint that was changed.

New Value

Displays the value that was entered at the time of the

setpoint change.

PROGRAMMABLE

Log Entry

Allows the user to select a particular setpoint change

for detail viewing.

Generates a detailed report of all setpoint changes list ed

in the setpoint change log.

Page Up

Scroll up in the displayed data (if applicable).

Page Down

Scroll down in the displayed data (if applicable).

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: SERVICE

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

History

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Causes an instant return to the History Screen.

View Details

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Causes a move to a sub-screen containing the details of

the setpoint change selected with the Log Entry key.

FIG. 35 00563VIP

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

SECURITY LOG DETAILS SCREEN

OVERVIEW

(This screen only available with Flash Memory Card

version C.MLM.02.03.xxx and later)

This screen allows the user to view the details of a logged

setpoint change, selected from the list on the Security

Log Screen. The date and time the setpoint was changed,

the new and old setpoint value and ac cess level and user

ID used to make the change are displayed. The data on

this screen can be printed.

Requires a login access level of

SER VICE.

DISPLAY ONLY

Description

Displays the setpoint/category that was changed.

Time

Displays the time the setpoint was changed.

Date

Displays the date the setpoint was changed.

Access Level

Displays the Login Access Level used to make the

setpoint change.

User ID

Displays the Login User ID used to make the setpoint

change.

Old Value

Displays the previous setpoint value.

New Value

Displays the value entered at the time of the setpoint

change.

PROGRAMMABLE

Generates a report of change parameters displayed on

this screen.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Re quired: SERVICE

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

FIG. 36 00564VIP

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Security Log

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Causes an instant return to the Security Log Screen.

View Details

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Causes a move to a sub-screen containing the details of

the setpoint change selected with the Log Entry key.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

TREND SCREEN

00480VIP

FIG. 37

OVERVIEW

As many as six Operator selected parameters (Data

Points) can be plotted in an X/Y graph format. The X-

Axis is scaled per the selected Data Collection Interval

and dis played in a time of day or elapsed time format, as

se lect ed with the X-axis toggle key. The Y-Axis is scaled

for each parameter per the selected minimum and max-

i mum val ue for each parameter. Analog pa ram e ters are

scaled in pressure, temperature, volts, amps, hertz or time.

Dig i tal on/off parameters are scaled as zero (off) and one

(on). Only one Y-Axis label is displayed at a time. The

Y-Axis Toggle Key is used to toggle the Y-Axis labels

through the different pa ram e ters. The Y-Axis la bel that

is being displayed is iden ti Þ ed at the top of the graph.

For iden ti Þ ca tion, each plot ted parameter and as so ci at ed

Y-Axis labeling is color coordinated.

With Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.01.xxx

and earlier, all trended Data Points are displayed

si mul ta neous ly. With Flash Memory Card version

C.MLM.02.02.xxx and later, the DATA SELECT key

is used to display all trended Data Points si mul ta neous ly

or select a single Data Point for display.

The parameters are sampled at the selected Data Col-

lec tion Interval and plotted using 450 data points across

the X-Axis. If the actual value of the sampled pa ram e ter

is less than the Y-Axis label minimum for that pa ram e ter,

the value will be plotted at the minimum val ue. Simi-

larly, if the actual value is greater than the Y-Axis label

maximum for that parameter, the value will be plot ted

at the maximum value.

There are three types of charts that can be created:

ONE SCREEN, CONTINUOUS or TRIG GERED

(not applicable to Flash Memory Card version

C.MLM.02.01.xxx and earlier). When plot ting reaches

the end of the X-axis, if ONE SCREEN is selected,

trending stops and data is frozen. If CONTINUOUS is

selected, the oldest data is dropped from the left-hand

side of the graph at the next collection interval. There-

af ter, the oldest data is dropped from the left hand-side

of the graph at each data collection interval. If TRIG-

GERED is selected, data collection can be set to start

or stop based upon the selected TRIGGER ACTION

(START or STOP). If START is selected, data col lec tion

will not begin until the Triggers have been satisÞ ed and

any selected TRIGGER DELAY has elapsed. Data col-

lection will stop at the completion of one screen of data

as with the ONE SCREEN. If STOP is selected, data col-

lection will not stop un til the Trig gers have been satisÞ ed

and any selected TRIGGER DELAY has elapsed.

If a power failure occurs while the trend ing is running,

the trending is stopped. Upon restoration of power, the

last screen of data that was collected will be displayed

on the trending screen. The START key must be pressed

to initiate a new trend screen.

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

DISPLAY ONLY

This screen allows the user to view the graphical trend-

ing of the selected pa ram e ters and is also a gateway to

the graph setup screens.

A red screen with the words “TREND

MAX MUST BE > TREND MIN” will

ap pear if the Y-Axis min i mum has

been programmed to a value that is

greater than the Y-Axis maximum for

any pa ram e ter. If this appears, pro ceed

to the Trend Setup Screen to change

the val ues.

PROGRAMMABLE

Start

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Pressing this key clears the graph, starts a new graph,

sets the time of day to the present clock time and be gins

the trending. This key is only available if trend ing is

stopped. If the selected Chart Type is TRIG GERED and

TRIGGER ACTION is set to START, data col lec tion

will not begin until the Trig gers have been satisÞ ed and

any selected TRIG GER DELAY has elapsed. Oth er wise,

data col lec tion will begin im me di ate ly.

Stop

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Pressing this key stops the trending. The trend data

is frozen on the display until another graph is started

with the START key. The STOP key is only available if

trend ing is running.

Data Select

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx

and later)

Access Level required: VIEW

Allows the user to display all trended data points si mul -

ta neous ly or select a single trended data point for dis play,

hiding the other data points. Selections are ALL DATA

or DATA POINT X (1-6).

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx

and later)

Access Level Required: VIEW

Allows the data on the trend screen to be printed in

tabular format. If set to EXISTING, a snapshot of the

data presently on the screen is sent to the print er. If set

to NEW, all data collected after pressing this key will be

sent to the printer as it is collected. If set to DIS ABLED,

no data is sent to the printer. Refer to PRINT ERS section

of this book for print out example.

Y-Axis

Access Level Required: VIEW

This key toggles the Y-Axis labels of the graph. Each

key press changes the label to another of the selected

parameters.

X-Axis

Access Level Required: VIEW

This key toggles the X-Axis labels of the graph. Each

key press alternates the scaling between time of day and

elapsed time. The Time of Day scaling is in 24-hour for-

mat. The Elapsed Time scaling is the time elapsed since

the START key was pressed, starting the trend ing.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes a return to the Home Screen.

History

(Flash memory Card version C.MLM.02.01.xxx and

earlier)

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes a return to the Home Screen.

Trend Setup

Access Level Required:

Only displayed if the trending is stopped. Causes a jump

to a subscreen for conÞ guring the trending display.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

TREND SETUP SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen is used to conÞ gure the trending screen.

The parameters to be trended are selected from the

Common Slots Screen or Common Slots Master list

and entered as Slot Numbers for Data Points 1 through

6. The Y-Axis minimum and maximum values for each

parameter are entered as Data Point Min and Data Point

Max for Data Points 1 through 6. The interval at which

all the parameters are sampled is selected as the Data

Collection Interval.

DISPLAY ONLY

None

PROGRAMMABLE

Chart Type

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

(Flash Memory Card version (C.MLM.02.02.xxx and

lat er) Selects CONTINUOUS, ONE SCREEN or

TRIG GERED type of graph.

Collection Interval

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Selects the interval at which the parameters are sam pled.

There are 450 data points displayed across the X-Axis

of the graph. Each point represents the instantaneous

value of the parameter. The user selects the time in-

ter val between these points. This is called the DATA

COL LEC TION INTERVAL or the interval at which the

pa ram e ter is sampled. This interval is programmable

over the range of 1 second to 3600 seconds (1 hour), in

one second increments. The selected interval not only

de ter mines the sample interval, but also the full screen

time display. The full screen time display is a result of the

selected interval in seconds, multiplied by the 450 data

points. For example, if the Data Collection In ter val is

programmed for 900 seconds, the parameter would be

sampled every 900 seconds, with the last 112.5 hours

(4.7 days) of data viewable on the screen. There fore, the

selected interval is a compromise between res o lu tion

and full screen time display. Select the desired Data

Collection Interval as follows:

1. Determine the desired time interval (in sec onds),

be tween data samples.

2. Calculate the full screen time display as follows:

450 x Data Collection Interval = full screen sec onds

full screen seconds / 60 = full screen minutes

full screen minutes / 60 = full screen hours

full screen hours / 24 = full screen days

3. Decide if the resultant sample interval and full screen

display meet the requirements. If not, select a dif-

fer ent sample interval.

00481VIP

FIG. 38

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Select

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

This key is used to enter the slot numbers and the min-

i mum and maximum Y-Axis values of each parameter

to be trended. Pressing this key places a yellow box

around Data Point 1 Slot Number. Use the ▲ and ▼

navigation keys to place the box around the value of

Data Points 1 through 6 to be changed. With the de sired

value selected, press the ✓ key. A dialog box is dis played

permitting data entry.

Data Point Slot # (1-6)

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Use the SELECT key as described above and enter the

slot number from the Common Slots Screen or Master

Slot Number List of the desired parameter to be trend ed.

The selected parameter description will be displayed

for the Data Point. Setting this slot number to zero will

disable trending for that par tic u lar Data Point. Any or

all points can be dis abled.

Data Point Min (1-6)

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Only displayed if the Associated Slot Number is not

Zero. This is the minimum value displayed for the Y-

Axis. Selecting a parameter for a Data Point sets this

to the default value, which is the lowest value allowed

for that parameter. It can be changed to a value that

pro vides a more appropriate resolution for the pa ram e ter

being monitored. To change, use the SELECT key as

described above and enter the desired value. The value

must always be set to a value less than the Data Point

Max. Otherwise, a red graph is displayed on the Trend

Screen with the words “TREND MAX MUST BE >

TREND MIN”. If the parameter selected for this data

point is a digital type (on/off), this value must be set to

zero (0). Zero indicates the OFF state.

Data Point Max (1-6)

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Only displayed if the associated slot number is not zero.

This is the maximum value displayed for the Y-Axis.

Se lect ing a parameter for a Data Point sets this to the

de fault value, which is the highest value allowed for

that pa ram e ter. It can be changed to a value that pro-

vides a more appropriate resolution for the parameter

being mon i tored. To change, use the SELECT key as

described above and enter the desired value. The value

must al ways be set to a value greater than the Data Point

Min. Otherwise, a red graph is displayed on the Trend

Screen with the words “TREND MAX MUST BE >

TREND MIN”. There are 20 Y-Axis divisions. If a MIN-

MAX span is selected that is not evenly divided by 20,

the Pro gram will automatically select the next higher

MAX val ue that makes the span evenly di vid ed by 20.

For ex am ple, if 0.0 is selected as the MIN and 69.0 is

selected as the MAX, the Program will insert 70.0 as

the MAX value. If the parameter se lect ed for this data

point is a digital type (on/off), this value must be set to

one (1). One indicates the on state.

NAVIGATION

Home

Causes a return to the Home Screen.

Trending

Causes a return to the Trending Screen.

Slot Numbers

Causes a jump to a subscreen that lists the slot num bers of

the most commonly monitored parameters. The de sired

parameters to be plotted are selected from this screen.

Triggers

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx

and later)

Causes a jump to the Advanced Trend Setup Screen,

where the start/stop Triggers can be setup. Only dis-

played if TRIGGERED has been selected as Chart

Type.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

OVERVIEW

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx

and later)

The desired data collection start/stop triggers are set up

on this screen. The trend data collection can be set to start

or stop based upon the status of up to two selected Trig-

gers. The Triggers can consist of dig i tal events or analog

parameters compared to thresh olds. The Trig gers can

be used individually or in combination. The digital and

analog parameters are selected from the Common Slots

Screen (or Mas ter Slot Numbers List in this book).

The parameter selected as the Primary Trigger is com-

pared to a value selected as the Primary Test, using the

Primary Operator as a comparator. If it is eval u at ed as

true, then the data collection is started or stopped (after

any selected Trigger delay) per the selected Trigger

Action.

A Secondary Trigger can be evaluated with the Pri ma ry

Trigger to start/stop data collection. The Pri ma ry to Sec-

ondary Operator is used to deÞ ne the Trigger combina-

tions required to be true to start/stop data col lec tion. The

Secondary Trigger is setup and evaluated the same as

the Primary Trigger.

ADVANCED TREND SETUP SCREEN

FIG. 39

Entry Þ elds are as follows:

If Primary Trigger

Is Primary Operator Primary Test

Primary to Secondary Operator

Secondary Trigger

Is Secondary Operator Secondary Test

Then Trigger Action the Data Collection

With a delay of Trigger Delay

After the desired Triggers are set, the START key on

the TREND Screen must be manually pressed before

the triggers will be evaluated. While waiting for the

trig gers to start or stop data collection, a status message

is displayed in the upper right corner of the TREND

Screen describing the pending action.

DISPLAY ONLY

None

00484VIP

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

PROGRAMMABLE

Primary Trigger

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Selects the Þ rst parameter to be evaluated. Selection is

made from the Slot Numbers listing on the Trend Com-

mon Slots Screen or the Master Slot Numbers List in

this book. Setting this slot number to zero disables the

Primary Trigger.

Primary Operator

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Selects the comparator for the Primary Trigger’s re la -

tion ship to the Primary Test. If the Primary Trigger is

an analog value, selections are: <, <=, =, =>, >. If the

Primary Trigger is a digital event, selections are: Equal

To, Not Equal To.

Primary Test

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Selects the value or condition that the Primary Trigger

is compared to. Selection ranges from the Primary Trig-

ger minimum value to the Primary Trigger maximum

value.

Trigger Action

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Selects whether the trend data collection will Start or

Stop when the Trigger comparisons are true. If set to

Start, data collection will stop after one screen of data

is collected.

Trigger Delay

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Allows the data collection start or stop to be delayed

after the Triggers evaluate as true. The delay is se-

lect able from 1 to 864000 seconds (10 days). Display

is in days, hours, minutes and seconds. The delay timer

be gins when the triggers evaluate as true. If the Trigger

Action is set to Start, data collection will begin after the

triggers evaluate as true and the delay timer has elapsed.

If the Trigger Action is set to Stop, data collection will

stop after the Triggers evaluate as true and the delay

timer has elapsed.

Primary to Secondary Operator

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Selects whether the Primary Trigger, Secondary Trig-

ger or both have to be true in order to start or stop data

collection. Selections are AND, OR, XOR and None. If

NONE is selected, the Secondary Trigger is disabled.

Data collection will start/stop (as selected with Trigger

Action) when:

• If AND selected: Both Primary AND Sec ond ary are

true

• If OR selected: Either Primary OR Secondary (or

both) are true

• If XOR selected: Either Primary OR Sec ond ary (but

not both) are true

Secondary Trigger

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Selects the second parameter to be evaluated. Se lec tion

is made from the Slot Numbers listing on the Trend

Common Slots Screen or the Master Slot Numbers List

in this book. Setting this slot number to zero disables

the Secondary Trigger.

Secondary Operator

Access Level required: OPERATOR

Selects the comparator for the Secondary Trigger’s re la -

tion ship to the Secondary Test. If the Secondary trig ger

is an Analog value, selections are: <, <=, =, =>, >. If

the Secondary Trigger is a digital event, selections are:

Equal To, Not Equal To.

Secondary Test

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Selects the value or condition that the Secondary Trig ger

is compared to. Selection ranges from the Sec ond ary Trig-

ger minimum to the Secondary Trig ger max i mum.

NAVIGATION

HOME

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

TREND SETUP

Causes an instant return to the Trend Setup Screen.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

COMMON SLOTS SCREEN

OVERVIEW

This screen displays the slot numbers of the com-

monly monitored parameters. The slot numbers for the

re main der of the available parameters are listed on the

Master Slot Numbers List that fol lows.

From these lists, select up to six pa ram e ters to be trend ed.

Return to the Trend Setup Screen and enter the pa ram e ters

Slot Numbers into Data Points 1 through 6.

Re quires a login access level of

OPERATOR or high er.

DISPLAY ONLY

Slot Numbers

These are the slot numbers of the most commonly used

parameters.

PROGRAMMABLE

Page Down

Access Level required: OPERATOR

Scroll down in the displayed data.

Page Up

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Scroll up in the displayed data.

Access Level Required: OPERATOR

Generates a list of the slot numbers of the available

parameters.

NAVIGATION

Home

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

Trend Setup

Causes a return to the Trend Setup Screen.

00374VIP

FIG. 40

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

CUSTOM VIEW SCREEN

OVERVIEW

(Flash memory Card version C.MLM.02.01 or later)

This screen allows up to 10 Service Technician se lect ed

parameters to be displayed. These parameters are se-

lect ed from a list on the Custom View Setup Screen.

This allows the Service Technician to display pa ram e ters

pertinent to a particular problem during trou ble shoot ing.

At completion of the service call, the display can be

cleared or the parameters can be left there for monitor-

ing by operations personnel.

DISPLAY ONLY

None

PROGRAMMABLE

Access Level Required: VIEW

This generates a listing of the parameters displayed on

this screen.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the Home Screen.

History

Access Level required: VIEW

Causes an instant return to the History Screen.

Setup

Access Level required: SERVICE

Causes a jump to the sub-screen that allows selection of

the parameters to be displayed.

FIG. 41 00375VIP

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

CUSTOM VIEW SETUP

OVERVIEW

(Flash memory Card version C.MLM.02.01 or later)

This screen allows the Service technician to select up to

10 parameters for display on the Custom View Screen.

Requires a login ac cess level of SER-

VICE. Ser vice Technicians refer to

YORK Ser vice Manual 160.55-M1

for operation in struc tions and ex pla -

na tion of all programmable setpoints

and dis played values.

DISPLAY ONLY

Slot Numbers

Lists the available parameters that can be displayed.

The desired parameters for display are selected from

this list.

PROGRAMMABLE

Page Up

Scroll up through list of available parameters.

Page Down

Scroll down through list of available parameters.

Select

First use the Page Up and Page Down keys to scroll

through the Slot Numbers list and note the number of

the parameter(s) to be displayed. Pressing the Select key

places a green colored selection box around Cus tom Slot

1. If it is desired to change an already entered pa ram e ter,

use the 5 and 6 keys to place the selection box around

the slot number to be changed. With the se lec tion box

around the slot number to be changed or en tered, press

the ENTER (!) key. A dialog box is dis played permit-

ting data entry. Using the numeric key pad keys, enter the

desired slot num ber and press the EN TER (!) key.

Custom Slot (1-10)

Use the Select key and numeric keypad keys as de scribed

above and enter the slot number from Slot Num bers

list. Setting the Slot number to zero clears the dis play

of this slot number.

Clear Display

Pressing this key clears all selected parameters from the

Custom View screen.

NAVIGATION

Home

Access Level Required: VIEW

Causes a return to the Home Screen.

Custom View

Access Level Required: SERVICE

Causes a return to the Custom View Screen.

FIG. 42 00376VIP

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

MASTER SLOT NUMBERS LIST FOR USE WITH TREND FEA TURE

SLOT

NO. DESCRIPTION

256 System: Chiller State

257 System: Coastdown Time Remaining

258 System: Prelube Time Remaining

259 System: Are Safety Shut down Contacts Closed

260 System: Are Cy cling Shutdown Contacts Closed

261 System: Are An tic i pa to ry Alarm Contacts Closed

262 System: Operating Hours

264 System: Number of Starts

265 System: Is Stop Switch Closed

266 System: Is Start Switch Closed

267 System: Is Remote Ready to Start

280 External Contact: Is Re mote Stop Closed

281 External Contact: Is Re mote Start Closed

282 External Contact: Is MultiUnit Cycling Closed

283 External Contact: Is Re mote Cycling Closed

284 External Contact: Is Aux il ia ry Safety Open

285 Jumper: Is Anti-Recycle Enabled

286 Jumper: Coastdown Operation

287 Jumper: Is Di ag nos tics Enabled

288 Jumper: Liquid Type

289 Jumper: Chilled Liq uid Pump Operation

290 Jumper: Motor Type

291 Jumper: Power Fail ure Restart

292 Jumper: Pre-Run Op er a tion

293 Jumper: Refrigerant Selection

294 Jumper: VSD Motor Sup ply Line Frequency

304 Options: Control Mode

305 Options: System Lan guage

307 Options: Display Mode

512 Sched: Is Schedule Enabled

1280 Pre-Rotation Vanes: Is Motor Switch Closed

1281 Pre-Rotation Vanes: Position

1282 Pre-Rotation Vanes: Are Vanes Opening

1283 Pre-Rotation Vanes: Are Vanes Closing

1284 Pre-Rotation Vanes: Are Vanes Holding

1285 Pre-Rotation Vanes: Control Mode

1296 Discharge: Temperature

1536 Oil: Differential Pressure

1537 Oil: Sump Temperature

1538 Oil Pump: Control Mode

1539 Oil Pump: Is Pump On

1540 Oil Pump: Manual Time Left

SLOT

NO. DESCRIPTION

1792 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Temperature

1793 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Temperature Differential

1794 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Is Flow Switch Closed

1795 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Is Pump On

1796 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Local Temperature Setpoint

1797 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Remote Analog Tem per a ture

Setpoint

1798 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Remote ISN Temperature

Setpoint

1799 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Remote Modem Tem per a ture

Setpoint

1800 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Selected Temperature

Setpoint

1801 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Control Sensitivity

1802 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Remote Temperature

Range

1803 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Restart Temperature Off set

1804 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Restart Temperature

Setpoint

1805 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Shutdown Temperature Off-

set

1806 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Shutdown Temperature

Setpoint

1807 Return Chilled Liquid: Temperature

1808 Evaporator: Pressure

1809 Evaporator: Saturation Temperature

1810 Evaporator: Small Temperature Difference

1811 Evaporator: Is Refrigerant Sensor Present

1812 Evaporator: Refrigerant Temperature

1813 Evaporator: Delta P / P

1814 Evaporator: Brine Low Cutout

1815 Smart Freeze Protection: Is Control Enabled

1818 Leaving Chilled Liquid: Remote Digital Tem per a ture

Setpoint

2048 Leaving Condenser Liquid: Temperature

2049 Leaving Condenser Liquid: Is Flow Switch Closed

2050 Leaving Condenser Liquid: Is Pump On

2051 Return Condenser Liquid: Temperature

2052 Condenser: Pressure

2053 Condenser: Saturation Temperature

2054 Condenser: Small Temperature Difference

2057 Condenser: Is High Pressure Switch Closed

2058 Condenser: High Pressure Warning Threshold

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

SLOT

NO. DESCRIPTION

2059 SubCooling: Temperature

2060 Drop Leg Refrigerant: Is Sensor Present

2061 Drop Leg Refrigerant: Temperature

2063 Vent Line Solenoid: Is Solenoid On

2304 Motor: Starter Type

2305 Motor: Is Motor Starter On

2306 Motor: Current %FLA

2307 Motor: Is Motor Controller Switch Open

2308 Motor: Current Limit Local Setpoint

2309 Motor: Current Limit Remote Analog Setpoint

2310 Motor: Current Limit Remote ISN Setpoint

2312 Motor: Current Limit Selected Setpoint

2313 Motor: Pulldown Demand Time Remaining

2314 Motor: Pulldown Demand Limit Setpoint

2315 Motor: Pulldown Demand Time Setpoint

2316 Motor: Anti-Recycle Time Remaining

2317 Motor: Current Limit Remote Digital Setpoint

Mod "A" SSS ONLY

2560 SSS: Phase A Current

2561 SSS: Phase B Current

2562 SSS: Phase C Current

2563 SSS: Phase A Voltage

2564 SSS: Phase B Voltage

2565 SSS: Phase C Voltage

2566 SSS: Scale/Model

2567 SSS: Full Load Amps

2568 SSS: Supply Voltage Range

2569 SSS: Is Current Unbalance Check Enabled

Mod "B" SSS ONLY

2570 LcSss: Input Power

2571 LcSss: Kilowatt Hours

2572 LcSss: Phase A Current

2573 LcSss: Phase B Current

2574 LcSss: Phase C Current

2575 LcSss: Phase A Voltage

2576 LcSss: Phase B Voltage

2577 LcSss: Phase C Voltage

2578 LcSss: Phase A Temperature

2579 LcSss: Phase B Temperature

2580 LcSss: Phase C Temperature

2581 LcSss: Starter Model

2582 LcSss: Full Load Amps

2583 LcSss: Voltage Range

2584 LcSss: Starting Current

2585 LcSss: Is Serial Communications OK

2586 LcSss: Panel to Sss Comm Errors

2587 LcSss: Sss to Panel Comm Errors

SLOT

NO. DESCRIPTION

2816 VSD: Motor HP

2817 VSD: 100% Full Load Amps

2818 VSD: Input Power

2819 VSD: Kilowatt Hours

2820 VSD: DC Bus Voltage

2821 VSD: DC Inverter Link Current

2822 VSD: Output Frequency

2823 VSD: Output Voltage

2824 VSD: Phase A Current

2825 VSD: Phase B Current

2826 VSD: Phase C Current

2827 VSD: Is Precharge Relay On

2828 VSD: Is Trigger SCR On

2829 VSD: Is Water Pump On

2830 VSD: Control Mode

2831 VSD: Command Frequency

2832 VSD: Manual Frequency Increment

2833 VSD: Internal Ambient Temperature

2834 VSD: Converter Heatsink Temperature

2835 VSD: Phase A Heatsink Temperature

2836 VSD: Phase B Heatsink Temperature

2837 VSD: Phase C Heatsink Temperature

2838 VSD: Is Communications OK

2839 VSD: Panel to ACC Comms Error Count

2840 VSD: ACC to Panel Comms Error Count

2841 VSD: ACC to VSD Comms Error Count

2842 VSD: VSD to ACC Comms Error Count

2843 VSD: VSD to Filter Comms Error Count

2844 VSD: Filter to ACC Comms Error Count

2845 ACC: Delta P/P

2846 ACC: Stability Limit

2847 ACC: Surge Margin

2848 ACC: Manual Surge Command

2849 ACC: Surge Map Count

2850 ACC: Surge Type

2857 ACC: Surge Map Point Count

2858 ACC: Surge Map Delta P/P

2859 ACC: Surge Map Output Frequency

2860 ACC: Surge Map PRV Position

2861 Filter: Is Filter Installed

2862 Filter: Is Operation Inhibited

2863 Filter: Is Filter Running

2864 Filter: Is Precharge Contactor Closed

2865 Filter: Is Supply Contactor Closed

2866 Filter: Phase Rotation

2867 Filter: Motor HP

2868 Filter: Supply KVA

2869 Filter: Total Power Factor

2870 Filter: DC Bus Voltage

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

SLOT

NO. DESCRIPTION

2871 Filter: Heatsink Temperature

2872 Filter: L1 - L2 RMS Voltage

2873 Filter: L2 - L3 RMS Voltage

2874 Filter: L3 - L1 RMS Voltage

2875 Filter: L1 - N Peak Voltage

2876 Filter: L2 - N Peak Voltage

2877 Filter: L3 - N Peak Voltage

2878 Filter: L1 Total Harmonic Distortion

2879 Filter: L2 Total Harmonic Distortion

2880 Filter: L3 Total Harmonic Distortion

2881 Filter: L1 RMS Filter Current

2882 Filter: L2 RMS Filter Current

2883 Filter: L3 RMS Filter Current

2884 Filter: L1 RMS Supply Current

2885 Filter: L2 RMS Supply Current

2886 Filter: L3 RMS Supply Current

2887 Filter: L1 Total De mand Distortion

2888 Filter: L2 Total De mand Distortion

2889 Filter: L3 Total De mand Distortion

2890 Filter: Maximum Total Harmonic Distortion

2891 Filter: Maximum Total Demand Distortion

SLOT

NO. DESCRIPTION

8205 Refrigerant Level: Is Control Enabled

8206 Refrigerant Level: Position

8207 Refrigerant Level: Is Valve Closing

8208 Refrigerant Level: Is Valve Opening

8209 Refrigerant Level: Control Mode

8210 Refrigerant Level: Is Pulldown In Effect

8211 Refrigerant Level: Pulldown Time Remaining

8212 Refrigerant Level: Target Setpoint

8213 Refrigerant Level: Setpoint

8214 Refrigerant Level: Period

8215 Refrigerant Level: Proportional Limit Close

8216 Refrigerant Level: Proportional Limit Open

8217 Refrigerant Level: Rate Limit Close

8218 Refrigerant Level: Rate Limit Open

12288 Purge: Pressure

12289 Purge: Is Air Purge Valve Closed

12290 Purge: Is Oil Purge Valve Closed

12291 Purge: Is Bottom Float Switch Closed

12292 Purge: Is Top Float Switch Closed

12293 Purge: Exhaust Count

12294 Purge: Window Time

12295 Purge: Is High Ef ﬁ cien cy Enabled

12296 Purge: Maximum Purg es Per Hour

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

DISPLAY MESSAGES

The Status Bar of the Display contains a Status Line

and, beneath it a Details Line. The Status Line con tains

a message describing the operating state of the chiller;

whether it is stopped, running, starting or shutting down.

The Details Line displays Warning, Cycling, Safety,

Start Inhibit and other messages that provide further

details of the Status Bar messages. The Status Mes sag es

list ed be low are displayed on the Status Line. All other

mes sag es are displayed on the Details Line.

To aid in the meaning of the message, messages are

displayed in different colors as follows:

Normal Operation mes sag es - Green

Warning messages - Yellow

Cycling Shutdown mes sag es - Orange

Safety Shutdown mes sag es - Red

STATUS MESSAGES

“SYSTEM READY TO START”

The chiller is shut down but will start upon receipt of a

Local or Remote start signal.

“CYCLING SHUTDOWN – AUTO RESTART”

The chiller is shut down on a CYCLING shutdown. The

cause of the shutdown is still in effect and is dis played

on the Details line of the Status Bar. The chiller will

au to mat i cal ly restart when the CYCLING con di tion

clears.

“SAFETY SHUTDOWN – MANUAL RESTART”

The chiller is shut down on a SAFETY shutdown. The

cause of the shutdown is still in effect and is displayed

on the Details line of the Status Bar. The chiller can be

started after the Safety condition clears and the Op er a tor

moves the COMPRESSOR switch to the STOP-RESET

(O) position.

“SYSTEM PRELUBE”

A chiller start has been initiated and the pre-start lu-

bri ca tion is being performed. The Prelube duration is

ei ther 30 seconds or 180 seconds, as conÞ gured with

a Microboard Program Switch. The Pre-lube duration

must nev er be changed by anyone other than a quali-

Þ ed Ser vice Tech ni cian. The standard Prelube duration

is 30 sec onds.

“SYSTEM RUN”

The chiller is running under the condition described in

the Details Line of the Status Bar.

“SYSTEM COASTDOWN”

The chiller has shut down and the Post-run lubrication is

being performed. On electric motor drive ap pli ca tions,

the Postlube duration is 150 seconds. On Steam Tur bine

applications, it is 15 minutes. The actual du ra tion is de-

ter mined by a Microboard Program Jumper, con Þ g ured

by a qualiÞ ed Service technician.

“START INHIBIT”

The chiller is prevented from being started due to the

reason displayed on the Details Line of the Status bar.

RUN MESSAGES

“MOTOR – HIGH CURRENT LIM IT”

The Compressor Motor current is > the Local or Re mote

Current Limit Setpoint. The Current Limit Setpoint is

pro grammed over a range of 30 to 100% of the Chill er

Full Load Amps (FLA). When the motor current in-

creas es to the “inhibit open” threshold, the Pre-rotation

Vanes are inhibited from further opening. This prevents

a fur ther cur rent rise. If the current continues to rise

to the “start close” threshold, the Vanes begin closing

until the current falls to the “stop close” threshold. Au-

to mat ic Vane operation is resumed and this message

au to mat i cal ly clears when the motor current decreases to

the “allow open” thresh old. The thresholds are dif fer ent

for the var i ous motor start er applications. To allow Þ eld

calibration of the Solid State Starter (Mod “A”) Logic

Board or CM-2 Current Module, pressing the Slide Valve

Load key in Service access level, starts a 10 minute timer

during which the current limit thresh olds are elevated.

Refer to table on next page.

Vane Control Motor Current (%FLA)

Electro-Me chan i cal/ VSD Ser vice Mode

Solid state starter

On rise, inhibit open 100 100 107

On fall, allow open 98 98 106

On rise, start close 104 103 110

On fall, stop close 102 101 109

An example of current limit is as follows: If a Solid Sate

Starter chiller FLA is 100 Amps and the Current Limit

Setpoint is 50%, the following will occur:

50 Amps – inhibit vane open

52 Amps – vanes begin closing

51 Amps – vanes stop closing

49 Amps – allow automatic vane control

“LEAVING CHILLED LIQUID CONTROL”

The chiller is running, controlling the Leaving Chilled

Liq uid to the Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature

Setpoint. There are no system conditions inhibiting

this operation.

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

“MOTOR PULLDOWN LIMIT”

The Pulldown Demand Limit Setpoint timer is in ef fect

and the Compressor Motor current is > the Pulldown

Demand Current Limit Setpoint value. The Pre-rotation

vane operation is being inhibited as de scribed in “ MO-

TOR – HIGH CURRENT LIMIT” message above.

START INHIBIT MESSAGES

“ANTI-RECYCLE XXMin/Sec”

The chiller is inhibited from starting because the 30

minute anti-recycle time has not yet elapsed. Time re-

main ing is displayed.

“VANE MOTOR SWITCH OPEN”

The chiller is inhibited from starting because the Pre-

rotation Vanes are not fully closed.

“MOTOR CURRENT >15% FLA”

The OptiView Control Center has detected a Com-

pres sor Motor Current of a magnitude that is >15% of

the chiller Full Load Amps for 10 continuous seconds,

while the chiller is shutdown. As long as this condi-

tion ex ists, the oil pump is turned on. This is generally

in dic a tive of a failure of the motor starter, Control

Cen ter start cir cuits or motor current feedback circuits.

After motor current is no long er detected, a SYS TEM

COASTDOWN is per formed. The chiller can be start ed

after motor current is no long er detected, the SYS TEM

COASTDOWN has com plet ed and the COM PRES SOR

switch is placed in the STOP-RE SET (O) po si tion.

“LCSSS – HIGH TEMPERATURE PHASE X

– STOPPED”

(Mod. “B” Solid State Starter only)

The chiller is stopped and the Liquid Cooled Solid

State Starter Logic/Trigger Board has detected that the

tem per a ture of phase A, B or C (designated as X in the

message) Silicon Controlled RectiÞ er (SCR) module is

>110°F. The starter cooling pump will run and the chill er

will be inhibited from starting until the tem per a ture de-

creas es to <109°F.

WARNING MESSAGES

“WARNING – REAL TIME CLOCK FAILURE”

During the initialization process that occurs when pow er

is applied to the OptiView Control Center, test data is

written to a location in the BRAM battery backed mem-

o ry device (IC location U52 on Microboard). This data

is then read from the BRAM and compared to the test

data. If the read data is not the same as that which was

written to the device, it is assumed the BRAM and Real

time Clock operation is defective and this mes sage is

dis played. The BRAM should be replaced by a qualiÞ ed

Service Technician. This message au to mat i cal ly clears

when the BRAM problem has been solved.

“WARNING – CONDENSER OR EVAP O RA TOR

XDCR ERROR”

The Evaporator pressure Transducer is indicating a high er

pressure than the Condenser pressure Trans duc er after the

chiller has been running for 10 minutes. This is in dic a tive

of a Condenser or Evaporator Trans duc er fail ure. This

message will be displayed until the condition clears and

the WARNING RESET Keypad key is pressed on the

home screen in OPERATOR (or high er) ac cess mode.

Condition not checked in Brine mode.

“WARNING – SETPOINT OVERRIDE”

A blank BRAM battery-backed memory device (IC

lo ca tion U52 on Microboard) or a failure of this device

was detected during the initialization process that oc-

curs when power is applied to the OptiView Control

Center. Due to this failure, any or all of the pro grammed

Setpoints could have been corrupted. Therefore, all Set-

points have been automatically changed to their Default

val ues. All Setpoints will have to be pro grammed to

their de sired values. This message will clear when the

WARN ING RESET key is pressed on the home screen

in OP ER A TOR (or high er) access mode.

“WARNING – CONDENSER – HIGH PRES SURE

LIMIT”

The Condenser Pressure exceeds the High Pressure

Warning Setpoint threshold, programmed by a Service

technician logged in at SERVICE access level. While

this condition is in effect, the Pre-rotation Vanes are

inhibited from further opening. This message au to -

mat i cal ly clears and the Vanes are permitted to open

when the Condenser pressure decreases to 0.1 PSIA

be low the Setpoint.

“WARNING – EVAPORATOR – LOW PRES SURE

LIMIT”

The Evaporator pressure has decreased to the Warn ing

threshold. This threshold is Þ xed in Water cooling ap pli -

ca tions. In Brine cooling applications, the thresh old is a

Þ xed amount above the programmable safety shut down

threshold. The Safety threshold in Brine ap pli ca tions is

determined by the Brine solution and is de ter mined by

the YORK Factory. While this condition is in effect,

the Pre-rotation Vanes are inhibited from fur ther open-

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

ing. This message automatically clears and the Vanes

are permitted to open when the Evap o ra tor pres sure

in creas es to the reset value.

Warning Threshold (PSIA) Reset Thresh old (PSIA)

Water Brine Wa ter Brine

R11 5.5 0.1 >Safety Setpoint 5.6 0.3>Safety Setpoint

R123 4.5 0.1 >Safety Setpoint 4.7 0.3>Safety Setpoint

“WARNING – VANES UNCALIBRATED – FIXED

SPEED”

The Compressor Motor Variable Speed Drive (VSD) is

operating Fixed Speed (full speed) mode because the

Pre-rotation Vanes position potentiometer calibration

has not been performed. Message automatically clears

when calibration has been performed.

“WARNING – HARMONIC FILTER –

OPERATION INHIBITED”

The compressor Motor variable Speed Drive (VSD) Har-

mon ic Filter has been inhibited. Refer to VSD Ser vice

manual 160.00-M1. Harmonic Þ lter operation should not be

altered by anyone other than a qualiÞ ed Service tech ni cian.

Message automatically clears when Þ lter is en abled.

“WARNING – HARMONIC FILTER –

DATA LOSS”

Communications between the Harmonic Filter Logic Board

and the Compressor Motor Variable Speed Drive (VSD)

Logic Board or the Adaptive Capacity Control Board is not

occurring. While this condition exists, all Fil ter related pa-

ram e ters are displayed as X’s. This mes sage au to mat i cal ly

clears when communications are re stored.

“WARNING – HARMONIC FILTER –

INPUT FREQUENCY RANGE”

The power line frequency detected by the Compressor

motor Variable Speed Drive (VSD) Harmonic Filter is

outside the range of 58 to 62 Hz (60 Hz) or 49 to 51 Hz

(50 Hz). While this condition exists, all Filter related pa-

ram e ters are displayed as X’s. This message au to mat i cal ly

clears when the line frequency is within range.

“WARNING – PURGE – HIGH PRESSURE”

With the chiller running, the purge pressure in creased to

>55.0 PSIA (standard purge units) or > 95.0 PSIA (high

efÞ ciency purge units) con tin u ous ly for 4 min utes. This

message will be displayed until the purge pressure de creas es

to the reset threshold of < 55.0 PSIA (stan dard purge units),

< 95.0 PSIA (high efÞ ciency purge units) or the chiller is

not running and the WARN ING RESET key is pressed on

the HOME Screen is OP ER A TOR (or high er) access mode.

This warning will not be dis played if the Purge Float Switch

Error warn ing (below) is in ef fect.

“WARNING – PURGE – FLOAT SWITCH ER ROR”

With the chiller running, the Purge Float Switches were

in invalid states. Typically this is caused by the Bottom

Float Switch being in the closed position and the Top

Float Switch in the open position, indicating the oil lev el

is si mul ta neous ly below the bottom switch and above

the top switch, an impossible condition. This message

will be displayed until the ß oat switches are in di cat ing

valid positions (or the chiller is not run ning) and the

WARNING RESET key is pressed on the HOME

Screen in OPERATOR (or high er) access mode. While

this message is displayed, the Purge Oil Solenoid Valve

is de-energized, draining the Purge Tank.

“WARNING – EXCESS PURGE”

The purge EXHAUST COUNT has equaled the pro-

grammed MAXIMUM PURGES PER HOUR set point.

While this message is displayed, purging continues but

the EXHAUST COUNT is not incremented. Clearing

this message resets the ex haust count and exhaust win-

dow. If the chiller is run ning, the exhaust window will

then in cre ment from 0 to 60 minutes and the exhaust

count will increment as ex hausts occur. This message

will be displayed until the WARNING RESET key is

pressed on the HOME Screen in OPERATOR (or high er)

access mode.

“WARNING – PURGE – CANISTER #1 FULL”

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx

and later)

The Purge Canister Alarm on the Lower Emis sions Purge

Canister #1 indicates the canister has captured its ca pac i ty

of refrigerant. The can is ter must be re placed fol low ing

instructions on label inside Purge Panel door. This mes-

sage is trig gered when the Purge Canister Alarm output

increases to > 2.20VDC. This message will be displayed

until the Alarm signal is < 0.90VDC and the WARNING

RESET key is pressed on the HOME Screen in OPERA-

TOR (or higher) access mode.

“WARNING – VANES UNCALIBRATED”

The Hot Gas Bypass feature is enabled, but the Pre-rota-

tion Vanes calibration procedure has not yet been per-

formed. Message automatically clears when cal i bra tion

has been performed.

“WARNING – EXTERNAL I/O – SERIAL COM-

MU NI CA TIONS”

Serial communications between the Microboard and the

optional Analog I/O Board has been interrupted for at

least 20 seconds. Message automatically clears when

communications are restored.

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

“WARNING – REFRIGERANT LEVEL OUT OF

RANGE”

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02C.xxx

and earlier)

The output of the Condenser Refrigerant Level Sensor is

> 5.1VDC. This is indicative of a Level Sensor fail ure.

While this condition exists, the Refrigerant Vari able Or-

i Þ ce is driven to the full open po si tion. This mes sage

au to mat i cal ly clears when the Refrigerant Level sensor

out put is within range.

“WARNING - EXCESS SURGE DE TECT ED”

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx

and later)

(Applies only if Surge Protection SHUTDOWN fea ture

is Disabled.) The Surge Window Count has ex ceed ed

the Count Lim it. Message can be manually cleared

after the Surge Win dow Count is < the Count Limit,

the SHUT DOWN fea ture is Enabled or the chill er is

stopped. To clear mes sage press WARNING RE SET

key on HOME Screen when logged in at OP ER A TOR

(or higher) access lev el.

“WARNING – SURGE PROTECTION – EX CESS

SURGE LIMIT”

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx

and later)

(Applies only if Surge Protection EXTENDED RUN

feature is Enabled.) Displayed during the Surge Pro tec -

tion 10 minute Ex tend ed Run period. This period begins

when the Surge Window Count exceeds the Count Lim it.

During this period, the Pre-rotation Vanes are driv en

closed. When 10 minutes have elapsed, this mes sage

and the Pre-rotation Vanes load inhibit are au to mat i cal ly

cleared. Message and load inhibit are also cleared when

the chill er is shutdown.

If the optional Hot Gas Bypass fea ture

is en abled, the valve position must be

at 100% be fore the Ex tend ed Run is

im ple ment ed. If the chiller is chill er is

equipped with a compressor motor Vari-

able Speed Drive, the output fre quen cy

must be at full speed (50 Hz/60 Hz) be-

fore this con trol can be im ple ment ed.

ROUTINE SHUTDOWN MES SAG ES

“REMOTE STOP”

A shutdown command has been received from a re-

mote device. Remote Stop commands can be received

in Dig i tal Remote mode via I/O Board TB4-7/8 or in

ISN (In te grat ed Systems Network) Remote mode via

the MicroGateway serial com mu ni ca tions.

“LOCAL STOP”

A local shutdown command has been received by plac-

ing the Keypad Start-Run-Stop/Reset Switch in the stop

(O) position.

“PLACE COMPRESSOR SWITCH IN RUN PO-

SI TION”

The OptiView Control Center is in either Digital or ISN

(In te grat ed Systems Network) Remote mode. The Op-

er a tor is requested to place the COMPRESSOR Switch

in the RUN position. The OptiView Control Center

will not ac cept a Remote start/stop command unless

the switch is in the RUN position.

CYCLING SHUTDOWN MESSAGES

“MULTIUNIT CYCLING – CONTACTS OPEN”

The Multiunit Cycling contacts connected to I/O Board

TB4-9, have opened to initiate a cycling shutdown. The

chiller will automatically restart when the contacts close.

“SYSTEM CYCLING – CONTACTS OPEN”

The System Cycling contacts connected to I/O Board

TB4-13, have opened to initiate a cycling shutdown.

The chiller will automatically restart when the contacts

close.

“OIL – LOW TEMPERATURE”

The oil temperature has decreased to < 55°F. The chill er

will automatically restart when the temperature in creas es

to > 71.0°F.

“CONTROL PANEL – POWER FAILURE”

A Control Power failure has occurred. If the power

fail ure occurred while the chiller was running, it will

au to mat i cal ly restart when power is restored. How ev er,

if the power failure duration was < the duration of the

ap pli ca ble “Coastdown” period (2.5 minutes standard;

15 minutes steam turbine) when power is restored, the

re main der of the “Coastdown” will be performed, prior

to the chiller starting. This mes sage can indicate a Cy-

cling (auto-restart after power failure) or Safety (man u al

re start after power failure) shutdown, depending upon

OptiView Con trol Center con Þ g u ra tion. It indicates a

cycling shut down when displayed in orange characters;

Safety shut down when displayed in red characters. The

OptiView Control Center is conÞ gured for auto-restart

or manual restart after power failure by a qualiÞ ed Ser-

vice Technician following in struc tions in YORK Ser vice

Manual 160.55-M1.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

“LEAVING CHILLED LIQUID – LOW

TEMPERATURE”

The Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature has de creased

to the programmed Shutdown Temperature Setpoint. The

chiller will automatically restart when the tem per a ture

increases to the programmed Restart Tem per a ture

Setpoint.

“LEAVING CHILLED LIQUID –

FLOW SWITCH OPEN”

The Chilled Liquid Flow Switch has remained open for

2 continuous seconds while the chiller was running or

failed to close during the System Pre-lube period. The

chiller will automatically restart when the ß ow switch

closes.

“CONDENSER – FLOW SWITCH OPEN”

The Condenser water ß ow switch has remained open for

2 continuous seconds while the chiller was run ning. This

check is bypassed for the Þ rst 30 seconds of “Sys tem

Run”. The chiller will automatically restart when the

ß ow switch closes.

“MOTOR CONTROLLER –

CONTACTS OPEN”

The CM-2 Current module (Electromechanical starter

applications) or Solid State Starter Logic Board (Mod

“A” Solid State Starter applications) has shutdown the

chill er. When detecting a fault condition that places the

starter or motor at risk, these devices open the Mo tor

Con trol ler contacts “CM” (located on the re spec tive de-

vice and connected between TB6-16 and TB6-53 in the

OptiView Control Center) to initiate a shutdown. Since

there are several different faults that are mon i tored,

LED’s on the respective device illuminate to iden ti fy

the spe ciÞ c fault that has occurred. Refer to YORK

Manual 160.46-OM3.1 for details of Mod “A” Solid

State Start er initiated shut downs and 160.55-M1 for

CM-2 initiated shut downs. The chiller will au to mat i cal ly

re start when the Motor Controller contacts close. On

some shut downs, the re spec tive device au to mat i cal ly

closes the con tacts when the fault condition clears. Other

shut downs re quire the Operator to perform a Manual

Reset at the respective device.

Device Manual Reset Fault Automatic Re set Fault

CM-2 Module Overload None

Overload Phase Rotation/Loss

Solid State Starter High Temp(>212°F) High Temp start inhibit (>110°F)

Fault Current Trigger Board Out-of-Lock

“MOTOR CONTROLLER – LOSS OF

CURRENT”

The Compressor Motor current decreased to 10% Full

Load Amps (FLA) for 25 continuous seconds while the

chiller was running. This could be caused by the starter

de-energizing during run or a defect in the motor cur-

rent feedback circuitry to the OptiView Control Cen ter.

The chill er will automatically restart at the com ple tion

of “System Coastdown”.

“POWER FAULT”

The CM-2 Current Module (Electro-mechanical start er

applications) or Solid State Starter Logic Board (Mod

“A”) (Solid State Starter applications) has shutdown the

chill er be cause it detected a fault condition that plac es

the motor at risk. These devices open and close the Mo-

tor con trol ler “CM” contacts (located on the re spec tive

device and connected between TB6-16 and TB6-53 in

the OptiView Control Center) in < 3 sec onds to initiate

the shutdown and produce this mes sage. An LED on

the respective device illuminates to iden ti fy the spe-

ciÞ c fault that has occurred. Refer to YORK Manual

160.46-OM3.1 for de tails of Mod “A” Solid State Start er

ini ti at ed shut downs and 160.55-M1 for CM-2 initiated

shut downs. The chiller will au to mat i cal ly restart when

the contacts close.

Device Shutdown

CM-2 Module Power fault

Solid State Starter Pow er Fault

Half Phase

“CONTROL PANEL – SCHEDULE”

The programmed Daily Schedule Setpoint has shut down

the chiller. The chiller will automatically re start at the

next scheduled start time.

“STARTER – LOW SUPPLY LINE VOLTAGE”

(Mod “A” Solid State Starter”)

The voltage in any phase of the AC Power Line Volt age

supplying the Solid State Starter has decreased to the low

line voltage threshold for 20 continuous sec onds. The

chiller will automatically restart when the voltage returns

to the restart level. The thresholds are as follows:

Supply Voltage Range (Volts) Shutdown (Volts) Restart (Volts)

380 305 331

400 320 349

415 335 362

440-480 370 400

550-600 460 502

Supply Voltage Range disabled none N/A

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

“STARTER – HIGH SUPPLY LINE VOLTAGE”

(Mod “A” Solid State Starter”)

The voltage in any phase of the AC Power Line Volt age

supplying the Solid State Starter has increased to the

high line voltage threshold for 20 continuous sec onds.

The chiller will automatically restart when the voltage

returns to the restart level. The thresholds are as fol-

lows:

Supply Voltage Range (Volts) Shutdown (Volts) Restart (Volts)

380 415 414

400 436 435

415 454 453

440-480 524 523

550-600 655 654

Supply Voltage Range disabled none N/A

MOD “B” SOLID STATE STARTER

CYCLING SHUT DOWN MES SAG ES

“LCSSS – INITIALIZATION FAILED”

When AC Power is restored to the system after a pow er

failure, an initialization process occurs wherein the

OptiView Con trol Center attempts to establish com mu -

ni ca tions through the serial communications link with

the Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter. If com mu ni ca tions

are not es tab lished within 10 consecutive at tempts, a

Cycling shut down is performed and this message is

displayed. The Control Center attempts to establish

com mu ni ca tions un til suc cess ful.

“LCSSS – SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS”

After communications have been successfully es tab -

lished in the INITIALIZATION process, the OptiView

Control Center initiates a data transmission to the Liq uid

Cooled Solid State Starter on the serial com mu ni ca tions

link every 2 seconds. After these com mu ni ca tions have

been established, if the Control Center does not receive

a reply within 10 consecutive attempts, a Cy cling shut-

down is performed and this message is dis played. This

same Cycling shutdown is performed, along with the

same message, if the Liquid Cooled Sol id State Starter

does not receive a response from the con trol center

after 10 consecutive attempts to com mu ni cate with the

Control Center after INITIALIZATION has been suc-

cess ful ly completed. The Control Center at tempts to

es tab lish communications until successful.

“LCSSS SHUTDOWN – REQUESTING FAULT

DATA . . .”

The Liquid Cooled State Starter Logic/Trigger Board

has shut down the chiller but the OptiView Control

Cen ter has not yet received the cause of the fault from

the LCSSS, via the serial communications link. The

LCSSS shuts down the chiller by opening the Motor

Controller LCSSS Stop Contacts (K1 relay located on

the start er Logic/Trig ger Board and connected between

TB6-16 and TB6-53 in the OptiView Control Center).

The Microboard, in the Control Center then sends a

request for the cause of the fault to the Logic/Trigger

Board over the serial com mu ni ca tions link. Since serial

com mu ni ca tions are initiated every 2 seconds, this mes-

sage is typically displayed for a few seconds and then

re placed with one of the below listed fault messages.

“LCSSS – STOP CONTACTS OPEN”

Refer to “LCSSS SHUTDOWN – REQUESTING

FAULT DATA ...” above. If the OptiView Control

Cen ter’s Microboard does not receive the cause of

a starter initiated shutdown with 20 seconds of the

shut down, it is as sumed it is not forthcoming and that

mes sage is re placed with this message. The chiller can

be started when the Motor Controller LCSSS Stop

Con tacts close.

A missing interlock jumper between Start er Log ic/Trig ger

Board J1-1 and J1-12 will also produce this mes sage.

“LCSSS – POWER FAULT”

The Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger

Board has detected that the compressor motor current in

one or more phases has decreased to <10% of the FLA

for a minimum of 1 line cycle. This check is in hib it ed

during the Þ rst 4 seconds of SYSTEM RUN and until

the motor current is >25% of the FLA. The chiller will

automatically restart upon completion of SYSTEM

COASTDOWN.

“LCSSS – LOW PHASE X TEMPERATURE SEN-

SOR”

The Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger

Board has detected that the temperature of the starter

phase A, B or C (designated as X in the message) Sil i con

Controlled RectiÞ er (SCR) Module has decreased to

<37°F. This would generally be indicative of a dis con -

nect ed or defective sensor. If all three SCR Mod ules

are indicating a temperature of <37°F, the SCR Module

cooling pump turns on. This is accomplished by discon-

necting all three sensors. This feature allows Ser vice

Technicians to run the cooling pump while Þ ll ing the

cooling system by disconnecting plugs P2, P3 and P4

in the LCSSS.

“LCSSS – RUN SIGNAL”

The Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter receives two

start signals from the OptiView Control Center si mul -

YORK INTERNATIONAL

100

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

ta neous ly; one via the serial communications link and

one via the start re lay TB6-24 in the OptiView Control

Cen ter. If they are not re ceived within 5 seconds of

one another, a cycling shut down is performed and this

mes sage is displayed. This is generally indicative of

de fec tive wiring.

“LCSSS – INVALID CURRENT SCALE

SELECTION”

There is an invalid compressor motor current scale

jump er combination installed in the Liquid Cooled

Sol id Starter Logic/Trigger Board J1. Jumper combina-

tion determines allowable “100% FLA” setpoint range;

7L-35 to 260A, 14L-65 to 510A, 26L-125 to 850A and

33L-215 to 1050A. The chiller will be permitted to

start when the jumpers are conÞ gured correctly. Refer

to YORK Starter service manual 160.00-O2 for valid

jump er con Þ g u ra tions.

“LCSSS – PHASE LOCKED LOOP”

The Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger

Board phase locked loop circuit was not able to main-

tain lock with phase A of the power line. This could be

caused by a power line anomaly such as sag or jitter. A

power line frequency jitter of up to 3 Hz/second can be

tolerated. The chiller will automatically restart when

lock has resumed.

“LCSSS – LOW SUPPLY LINE VOLTAGE”

The Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger

Board has detected that the compressor motor AC

pow er line voltage, in any phase, decreased below the

low line voltage threshold continuously for 20 seconds.

The chill er will automatically restart when the voltage

in all phases returns to the restart level. The thresholds

are as follows:

Supply Voltage Range (Volts) Shutdown(Volts) Restart(Volts)

Disabled None N/A

200-208 160 174

220-240 185 200

380 305 331

400 320 349

415 335 362

440-480 370 400

550-600 460 502

“LCSSS – HIGH SUPPLY LINE VOLTAGE”

The Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger

Board has detected that the compressor motor AC pow er

line voltage, in any phase, exceeded the high line volt age

thresh old continuously for 20 seconds. The chiller will

automatically restart when the voltage in all phases re turns

to the restart level. The thresholds are as follows:

Supply Voltage Range (Volts) Shutdown(Volts) Restart(Volts)

Disabled None N/A

200-208 227 226

220-240 262 261

380 415 414

400 436 435

415 454 453

440-480 524 523

550-600 655 654

“LCSSS – LOGIC BOARD PROCESSOR”

Communication between the V25 Microprocessor and

Digital Signal Processor (DSP) on the Liquid Cooled

Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger Board has been in-

ter rupt ed. The chiller will automatically restart when

com mu ni ca tions are restored.

“LCSSS - PHASE LOSS”

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.01 or

later)

The Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger

Board has detected the line-to-line RMS voltage in any

phase has decreased to < 30% of the lowest value of the

programed voltage range. If the pro grammed volt age

range is “Disabled”, a value of 60VAC is used as the

threshold. The chiller will automatically restart when the

line voltage is > the shutdown threshold. The volt age

range is pro grammed by a Service technician fol low ing

in struc tions in Service Manual 160.55-M1.

“LCSSS – PHASE ROTATION/LOSS”

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.00 only)

The Liquid cooled Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger

Board has detected that the three-phase compressor

motor power line voltage phase rotation is not correct

or the line-to-line voltage in any phase has decreased to

<30% of nominal. The chiller will automatically re start

when the power line conditions are acceptable.

“LCSSS – LOGIC BOARD POWER SUPPLY”

Following application of power, this message is dis-

played and a snapshot of the LCSSS parameters and

time of power failure are sent to the OptiView Control

Center.

COMPRESSOR MOTOR VARIABLE

SPEED DRIVE:

CYCLING SHUTDOWN MESSAGES

The following Cycling shutdown messages are dis played

on Compressor Motor Variable Speed Drive (VSD) ap-

plications only. These messages are gen er at ed by events

that occur within the VSD. The chiller will au to mat i cal ly

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

101

YORK INTERNATIONAL

restart when the cycling condition clears. Ser vice and

troubleshooting information is con tained in YORK

Manual 160.00-M1.

“VSD SHUTDOWN – REQUESTING

FAULT DATA”

The VSD has shut down the chiller and the OptiView

Control Cen ter has not yet received the cause of the

fault from the VSD, via the serial communications link.

The VSD shuts down the chiller by opening the Motor

Controller VSD Stop Contacts (located on the VSD

Logic Board and connected between TB6-16 and TB6-

53 in the OptiView Control Center). The Microboard

in the OptiView Control Cen ter then sends a request

for the cause of the fault to the VSD Logic Board via

the Adaptive Capacity Control Board, over the serial

link. Since serial com mu ni ca tions are ini ti at ed every 2

sec onds, this message is typically dis played for a few

sec onds and then re placed with one of the below listed

fault messages.

“VSD – STOP CONTACTS OPEN”

Refer to “VSD Shutdown – Requesting Fault Data”

message above. If the OptiView Control Center’s

Microboard does not receive the cause of the Fault

over the Serial Link within 20 seconds, it is assumed it

is not forth com ing and that message is replaced with VSD

– STOP CON TACTS OPEN message.

“VSD INITIALIZATION FAILED”

Upon application of power, all boards go through the

ini tial iza tion process. At this time, memory locations are

cleared, program jumper positions are checked and se ri al

communications links are established. There are sev er al

causes for an unsuccessful ini tial iza tion as fol lows:

• The OptiView Control Center and the VSD must be

en er gized at the same time. The practice of pull ing

the fuse in the Control Center to remove pow er from

the Con trol Center will create a problem. Pow er-

up must be accomplished by closing the main dis-

con nect on the VSD cab i net with all fuses in place.

A power in ter rup tion to the VSD Logic board will

also gen er ate this mes sage.

• The EPROMS must be of the correct version for

each VSD board and they must be installed cor rect ly.

The EPROMS are created as a set and can not be

in ter changed be tween earlier and later ver sions.

• Serial data communications must be es tab lished.

Re fer to VSD - Serial Communications fault. If

com mu ni ca tions between the VSD Logic Board,

Har mon ic Filter Logic Board, ACC Board and Con-

trol Center Microboard does not take place during

ini tial iza tion, this mes sage will be gen er at ed. The

Se ri al com mu ni ca tions can be veriÞ ed by se lect ing

the VSD DETAILS screen from the MO TOR screen

and observing the Full Load amps val ue. A zero dis-

played for this and other VSD pa ram e ters, in di cates

a serial com mu ni ca tions link prob lem.

• If the Harmonic Filter option is included, make sure

the Filter Logic Board is not in con tin u ous reset.

This condition is evidenced by the Filter Logic

Board’s LED’s alternately blink ing. The Þ lter can

be elim i nat ed as a cause of initialization failure by

dis con nect ing the Fil ter by placing switch SW1 on

the Fil ter Logic Board in the OFF position and re-

mov ing the ribbon cable be tween the Filter Logic

Board and the VSD Logic Boards.

• VSD and Har mon ic Filter Horsepower ratings do

not agree.

“VSD – HIGH PHASE A

INSTANTANEOUS CURRENT”

This shutdown is generated by the VSD if the motor

current in phase “A” exceeds a given limit. The mo-

tor current is sensed by the current transformers on the

VSD output pole assemblies and the signals are sent to

the VSD Logic Board for processing. Maximum in stan -

ta neous permissible currents are:

351/292 HP = 771 Amps

503/419 HP = 1200 Amps

790/658 HP = 1890 Amps

If an overcurrent trip occurs, but the chiller restarts and

runs without a problem, the cause may be attributed to a

voltage sag on the utility power feeding the VSD that is

in excess of the speciÞ ed voltage range for this prod uct.

Thus is especially true if the chiller was running at or

near full load. If there should be a sudden dip in line

voltage, the current to the motor will increase, since the

motor wants to draw constant horsepower. The chill er

Prerotation Vanes cannot close quickly enough to cor rect

for this sudden increase in current and the chiller will

trip on an overcurrent fault.

If the chiller will not restart, but keeps tripping on this

same shutdown, an output pole problem is the most

like ly cause. The VSD would require service under

these conditions.

“VSD – HIGH PHASE B

INSTANTANEOUS CURRENT”

See “High Phase A Instantaneous Current” mes sage

above.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

102

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

Hz applications), the drive will initiate a system shut-

down. A common cause for this shutdown is a severe

sag in the incoming power to the drive. Monitor the

in com ing three-phase AC line for severe sags and also

monitor the DC link with a voltmeter.

“VSD – DC BUS VOLTAGE IMBALANCE”

The DC link is Þ ltered by many large electrolytic ca-

pac i tors, rated for 450VDC. These capacitors are wired

in series to achieve 900VDC capability for the DC link.

It is important that the voltage be shared equally from the

junction of the center or series capacitor con nec tion, to the

negative bus and the positive bus. This cen ter point should

be ap prox i mate ly ½ of the total DC link voltage. Most

actual bus voltage imbalance con di tions are caused by a

shorted capacitor or a leaky or shorted IGBT tran sis tor

in an output phase bank as sem bly. This usually in di cates

the VSD requires ser vice.

“VSD – PRECHARGE – DC BUS VOLTAGE IM-

BAL ANCE”

This message indicates the same as the “VSD-DC Bus

Voltage imbalance” message above, except the con di tion

occurred during the Pre-lube period.

“VSD – HIGH INTERNAL AMBIENT TEM PER A-

TURE”

The ambient temperature monitored is actually the

tem per a ture detected by a component mounted on the

VSD logic board. The high ambient trip threshold is set

for 140°F. Some potential causes for this shutdown are:

in ter nal VSD fan failure, VSD water pump failure or an

entering condenser water temperature that exceeds the

allowable limit for the job. Additional causes for the

shutdown are:

• Plugged Strainer – The standard 1.5” Y-strain er

con tains a woven mesh element with 20 stain less

steel wires per inch. This has been found to work ad-

e quate ly on most ap pli ca tions. Some users may have

very dirty condenser water, which can cause the

strainer to plug. Lo ca tions with special con di tions

may want to consider a dual strainer ar range ment

with quar ter turn valves, to permit cleaning of one

strain er with the unit still on line.

• Plugged Heat-exchanger – In cases where the

strain er plugs frequently, the heat-exchanger may

even tu al ly plug or become restricted to the point of

re duced ß ow. At this point, we sug gest you back-

ß ush the heat-exchanger by re vers ing the two rub ber

hoses which supply condenser water to-from the

heat-exchanger. If the rust cannot be back-ß ushed,

the heat-exchanger might have to be re placed.

“VSD – HIGH PHASE C

INSTANTANEOUS CURRENT”

See “High Phase A Instantaneous Current” mes sage

above.

“VSD – PHASE A GATE DRIVER”

A second level of current protection exists on the VSD

driver boards themselves. The collector-to-emitter sat-

u ra tion voltage of each IGBT is checked con tin u ous ly

while the device is gated on. If the voltage across the

IGBT is greater than a set threshold, the IGBT is gated

off and a shutdown pulse is sent to the VSD logic board

shutting down the entire VSD sys tem. A gate driver fault

can be initiated when the VSD is not running.

“VSD – PHASE B GATE DRIVER”

See “Phase A Gate Driver” message above.

“VSD – PHASE C GATE DRIVER”

See “Phase A Gate Driver” message above.

“VSD – SINGLE PHASE INPUT POWER”

This shutdown is generated by the SCR trigger control

and relayed to the VSD logic board to initiate a system

shutdown. The SCR Trigger control uses circuitry to

detect the loss of any one of the three input phases. The

Trigger will detect the loss of a phase within one half line

cycle of the phase loss. This message is also dis played

every time power to the VSD is removed or if the input

power dips to a very low level.

“VSD – HIGH DC BUS VOLTAGE”

The VSD’s DC link voltage is continuously monitored

and if the level exceeds 745VDC, a Bus Over-Voltage

shutdown is initiated. If this shutdown occurs, it will be

necessary to look at the level of the 460VAC ap plied to

the drive. The speciÞ ed voltage range is 414 to 508VAC.

If the incoming voltage is in excess of 508VAC, steps

should be taken to reduce the voltage to within the

spec i Þ ed limits.

“VSD – LOGIC BOARD POWER SUPPLY”

This shutdown is generated by the VSD logic board and

it indicates that the low voltage power supplies for the

logic boards have dropped below their allowable op er -

at ing limits. The power supplies for the logic boards

are derived from the secondary of the 120 to 24VAC

trans form er, which in turn, is derived from the 480 to

120VAC control power transformer. This message usu-

al ly means the power to the VSD has been removed.

“VSD – LOW DC BUS VOLTAGE’

If the DC link drops below 500VDC (or 414VDC for 50

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

103

YORK INTERNATIONAL

• Low Condenser Flow – The VSD sys tem re quires

8 feet of pressure drop across the heat ex chang er

to maintain adequate GPM. If the pres sure drop is

less than 8 feet, it will be nec es sary to correct the

ß ow prob lem or add a boost er pump as is applied

on ret ro Þ t chill ers.

“VSD – INVALID CURRENT SCALE

SELECTION”

Since the part number of the VSD Logic Board is the

same on all horsepower sizes, the position of Program

Jumpers tells the Logic Board the size of the VSD

em ployed. This allows the VSD to properly scale the

out put current. If the Jumper conÞ guration is invalid, a

shut down is performed and this message is generated.

Re fer to YORK VSD Service manual 160.00-M1.

“VSD – LOW PHASE A INVERTER HEATSINK

TEMPERATURE”

(Style D VSD)

A Heatsink temperature sensor indicating a tem per a ture

<37°F will cause the chiller to shut down and dis play

this message. In most cases, the problem will be an open

thermistor or broken wiring to the ther mistor. The nor-

mal thermistor resistance is 10K ohms at 77°F.

“VSD – LOW PHASE B INVERTER HEATSINK

TEMPERATURE”

(Style D VSD)

See “Low Phase A Inverter Heatsink Tem per a ture”

message above.

“VSD – LOW PHASE C INVERTER HEATSINK

TEMPERATURE”

(Style D VSD

See “Low Phase A Inverter Heatsink Tem per a ture”

message above.

“VSD – LOW CONVERTER HEATSINK

TEMPERATURE”

If VSD part number is 371-02767-XXX (60 Hz) or

371-03700-XXX (50 Hz), a heatsink temperature sen sor

in di cat ing a temperature of <37ºF will cause the chiller

to shutdown and display this message. In most cases,

the problem will be an open thermistor or broken wir-

ing to the thermistor. The normal thermistor re sis tance

is 10K ohms at 77ºF.

“VSD – LOW PHASE A INVERTER BASEPLATE

TEMPERATURE”

(VSD part number 371-03789-xxx (503HP 60Hz; 419HP

50Hz (Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.04.xxx

and later)

The chiller has shutdown because the baseplate tem-

perature has decreased to <37 ºF.

“VSD – LOW PHASE B INVERTER BASEPLATE

TEMPERATURE”

(VSD part number 371-03789-xxx (503HP 60Hz; 419HP

50Hz (Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.04.xxx

and later)

The chiller has shutdown because the baseplate tem-

perature has decreased to <37 ºF.

“VSD – LOW PHASE C INVERTER BASEPLATE

TEMPERATURE”

(VSD part number 371-03789-xxx (503HP 60Hz; 419HP

50Hz (Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.04.xxx

and later)

The chiller has shutdown because the baseplate tem-

perature has decreased to <37 ºF.

“VSD – LOW INVERTER BASEPLATE TEM-

PER A TURE”

(Applicable to VSD with part number 371-02767-

XXX (60 Hz) or 371-03700-XXX (50 Hz))

(Requires Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.-

02.02A.xxx and later)

A baseplate temperature sensor indicating a tem per a ture

of <37ºF will cause the chiller to shut down and display

this message. In most cases, the problem will be an open

thermistor or broken wiring to the thermistor. The nor-

mal ther mistor resistance is 5K ohms at 77ºF.

“VSD – PRECHARGE – LOW DC BUS

VOLTAGE”

During Pre-charge, the DC link must be equal to or

great er than 50VDC (41VDC for 50 Hz) within ½ sec ond

and 500VDC within 15 seconds after the Pre-charge re-

lay is en er gized. If this con di tion is not met, a shut down

is per formed and this mes sage is generated.

“VSD – LOGIC BOARD PROCESSOR”

This shutdown is generated if a communications prob-

lem occurs between the two microprocessors on the

VSD Logic Board.

“VSD – RUN SIGNAL”

Redundant RUN signals are generated by the OptiView

Control Center; one via TB6-24 and the second via the

Serial Communications link. Upon receipt of either of

the two RUN commands by the VSD, a 5 second timer

shall commence timing. If both run commands are not

re ceived by the VSD Logic Board within 5 seconds, a

shutdown is performed and this message is displayed.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

104

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

This is generally indicative of a wiring problem be tween

the OptiView Control Center and the VSD.

“VSD – SERIAL COMMUNICATIONS”

This message is generated when communications be-

tween the Adaptive Capacity Control (ACC) Board

and the VSD Logic Board or between the OptiView

Con trol Center Microboard and the VSD Logic Board,

is disrupted. This is generally indicative of defective

wir ing between J11 on the VSD Logic Board and J8 on

the ACC Board.

“HARMONIC FILTER – LOGIC BOARD OR

COMMUNICATIONS”

This message is generated when communications be-

tween the Harmonic Þ lter and the VSD Logic Board, is

disrupted. If equipped with Flash Memory Card version

C.MLM.02.03.xxx and later, the communications must

be interrupted for 10 con tin u ous communications cy cles

(20 seconds) before the shutdown will occur.

“HARMONIC FILTER – HIGH DC BUS

VOLTAGE”

The Harmonic Þ lter’s DC Link voltage is continuously

monitored and if the level exceeds 860VDC, this shut-

down is performed. The Harmonic Filter has its own

DC bus as part of the Filter power assembly and this

DC Link is not connected in any way with the VSD’s

DC link. If this shutdown occurs, it will be necessary

to look at the level of 460VAC applied to the Har mon ic

Filter. The speciÞ ed voltage range is 414 to 508. If the

incoming voltage is in excess of 508, steps should be

taken to reduce the level to within speciÞ ed limits. The

cause of this message is typically high line voltage or a

surge on the utility supply.

“HARMONIC FILTER – HIGH PHASE A

CURRENT”

The maximum instantaneous harmonic Þ lter current is

monitored and compared to a preset limit. If this limit

is exceeded, a shutdown is performed and this message

is generated. The Filter current is monitored using two

DCCT’s and these signals are processed by the Þ lter

logic board. The preset limits are as follows:

351/292 HP = 356 Amps

503/419 HP = 496 Amps

790/658 HP = 745 Amps

If the VSD automatically restarts after this shutdown and

continues to operate properly with the Þ lter op er at ing,

it is likely the Þ lter tripped due to a sag or surge in the

voltage feeding the VSD. If this message re oc curs, pre-

venting the chiller from starting, the VSD will re quire

service.

“HARMONIC FILTER – HIGH PHASE B

CURRENT”

See “Harmonic Filter – High Phase A Current” mes-

sage above.

“HARMONIC FILTER – HIGH PHASE C

CURRENT”

See “Harmonic Filter – High Phase A Current” mes-

sage.

“HARMONIC FILTER – PHASE LOCKED

LOOP”

This shutdown indicates that a circuit called “Phase

Locked Loop” on the Þ lter logic board has lost syn chro -

ni za tion with the incoming power line. This is usu al ly

indicative of an open fuse in one of the Þ lter’s in com ing

power line. Filter power fuses 11FU, 12FU and 13FU

should be checked.

“HARMONIC FILTER – PRECHARGE –

LOW DC BUS VOLTAGE”

During pre-charge, the Þ lter’s DC link must be equal

to or greater than 50VDC (41VDC for 50 Hz) within

1/10 second after the pre-charge relay is energized. If

this condition is not met, a shutdown is performed and

this message is generated.

“HARMONIC FILTER – LOW DC BUS

VOLTAGE”

The Harmonic Filter generates its own Þ lter DC link

voltage by switching its IGBT’s. This DC level is ac-

tu al ly higher than the level that one could obtain by sim-

ply rectifying the input line voltage. Thus, the har mon ic

Þ l ter actually performs a voltage “boost” function. This

is necessary in order to permit current to ß ow into the

power line from the Þ lter when the input line is at its

peak level. This shutdown occurs when the Þ lter’s DC

link voltage decreases to a level less than 60VDC be-

low the Þ lter DC link voltage setpoint. This Setpoint is

determined by the Þ lter logic board via the sensing of

the three phase input line-to-line voltage. This setpoint

is set to the peak of the sensed input line-to-line volt age

plus 32 volts, not to exceed 760 volts and it varies with

the input line-to-line voltage. If this shutdown oc curs

occasionally, the likely cause is a severe sag in the input

line voltage.

“HARMONIC FILTER – DC BUS VOLTAGE IM-

BAL ANCE”

The Þ lter DC link is Þ ltered by large, electrolytic ca-

pac i tors, rated for 450VDC. These capacitors are wired

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

105

YORK INTERNATIONAL

in series to achieve a 900VDC capability for the DC

link. It is important the voltage is shared equally from

the junction of the center or series capacitor con nec tion,

to the negative bus and to the positive bus. This center

point should be approximately ½ of the total DC link

voltage.

“HARMONIC FILTER – INPUT

CURRENT OVERLOAD”

The three phases of RMS Þ lter current are monitored

and if any one of the three phases continuously ex ceeds

a given threshold for 7 seconds, a chiller shutdown is

performed and this message is displayed. The max i mum

permissible continuous RMS current ratings for the har-

monic Þ lter are:

351/292 HP = 128 AMPS

503/419 HP = 176 AMPS

790/658 HP = 277 AMPS

“HARMONIC FILTER – LOGIC BOARD

POWER SUPPLY”

The low voltage power supplies on the Þ lter logic board

have decreased below their permissible operating range.

The Þ lter logic board receives its power from the VSD

logic board via the ribbon cable, connecting the two

boards.

“HARMONIC FILTER – RUN SIGNAL”

When a digital run command is received at the Þ lter logic

board from the VSD logic board via the 16 po si tion rib-

bon cable, a 1/10 second timer is started. If a redundant

run command does not occur on the serial data link from

the VSD logic board before the timer expires, a shut-

down is performed and this message is generated.

“HARMONIC FILTER – DC CURRENT

TRANSFORMER 1”

During initialization, with no current ß owing through the

DC Current Transformers (DCCT’s), the DCCT out put

voltages are measured and compared with a preset limit

via the Þ lter logic board. If the measured values exceed

the preset limits, the DCCT’s are presumed to be defec-

tive and this shutdown is generated.

“HARMONIC FILTER – DC CURRENT

TRANSFORMER 2”

See “Harmonic Filter – DC Current Transformer 1”

message above.

SAFETY SHUTDOWN MESSAGES

“EVAPORATOR – LOW PRESSURE”

(This message is applicable only if the Smart Freeze

feature is not activated. If Smart Freeze is activated and

has initiated the shutdown, “Evaporator – Low Pres sure

– Smart Freeze” is displayed as described next.)

The evaporator pressure, as sensed by the Evaporator

Transducer, has decreased to the Safety shutdown thresh-

old. For water cooling applications, the safety shut down

threshold is a Þ xed value for the respective re frig er ant. For

Brine cooling applications, the safety shut down thresh old

varies according to the con cen tra tion of the Brine solu-

tion. The Brine shutdown thresh old is pro grammed at the

YORK Factory. It should not be changed by any one other

than a qualiÞ ed Service Technician fol low ing instructions

in YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1. The chiller can be

started after the evaporator pres sure in creas es to the restart

threshold and the COM PRES SOR switch is placed in the

Stop-Reset (O) po si tion.

Shutdown (PSIA) Restart (PSIA)

Water cooling - R11 <5.4 >5.4

R123 <4.4 >4.4

Brine cooling - R11/R123 0.0 to 12.5 >

as programmed Shutdown threshold

“EVAPORATOR – LOW PRESSURE – SMART

FREEZE”

Smart Freeze Protection is activated and has shut down

the chiller because the evaporator tem per a ture has been

below the Smart Freeze thresh old for greater than the al-

lowable num ber of seconds. If the evaporator re frig er ant

tem per a ture sensor RT7 is Enabled (using pro ce dure in

Service Man u al 160.55-M1), this pa ram e ter is used as

the evaporator refrigerant tem per a ture and the freeze

threshold is 32.8°F. If RT7 is not Enabled, the evaporator

refrigerant temperature used is the Evap o ra tor Satura-

tion Temperature, derived from the Evap o ra tor Pres sure

Trans duc er and the freeze threshold is 34.0°F.

The count is incremented once for every second the

evaporator refrigerant temperature is below the freeze

threshold (but is never decremented below zero). The

number of seconds it will take the chilled liquid to

freeze is based on how far the evaporator refrigerant

tem per a ture is below the freeze threshold as follows:

Number of seconds to freezing = (4053.7) / (freeze

thresh old-evaporator refrigerant temperature)

Smart Freeze is activated only if the feature has been

YORK INTERNATIONAL

106

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

Enabled by a Service Technician (fol low ing in struc tions

in Service Manual 160.55-M1) and the Leaving Chilled

Liquid temperature Setpoint is <38.0°F.

“EVAPORATOR – TRANSDUCER OR LEAV ING

LIQUID PROBE”

A possible defective Evaporator pressure Transducer

or Leaving Chilled Liquid temperature Thermistor has

been detected. The pressure and temperature that these

devices are indicating are not in the correct re la tion ship

to each other. The OptiView Control Center con verts the

evap o ra tor pressure to a Saturated Tem per a ture value

and compares this value to the Leaving Chilled Liquid

tem per a ture (difference = chilled liquid temp – evap o -

ra tor saturated temp). The difference should not be out-

side the range of –2.5°F to +25.0°F. If the Transducer

and Thermistor are accurate, the Evap o ra tor Saturated

tem per a ture should not be > 2.5°F warm er nor > 25.0°F

colder than the leaving chilled liq uid temperature. In or-

der to initiate a shutdown, the dif fer ence must be out side

the acceptable range con tin u ous ly for 10 minutes. For

Steam Turbine drive ap pli ca tions, this check is by passed

for the Þ rst 20 min utes of chiller operation. The chiller

can be started af ter the COMPRESSOR switch is placed

in the Stop-Reset (O) position.

“EVAPORATOR – TRANSDUCER OR

TEMPERATURE SENSOR”

A possible defective Evaporator pressure Transducer

or Refrigerant Temperature Sensor has been detected.

The OptiView Control Center converts the evaporator

pressure to a Saturated Temperature value and com-

pares this value to the optional Evaporator Refrigerant

Tem per a ture Sensor. If the difference between these

tem per a tures is greater than 3.0°F, continuously for 1

minute, this shutdown is performed. This check is only

performed under the following conditions:

• Chiller has been running for at least 10 minutes

• Evaporator Refrigerant temperature (RT7) has been

enabled by a Service technician using in struc tions

in YORK Service Manual 160.55.M1

• Not in Brine cooling mode

• Smart Freeze is enabled (Flash Memory Card ver-

sion C.MLM.02.02.xxx and later)

• Evaporator Temperature Sensor (RT7) or Evap o -

ra tor Saturation Temperature is indicating a tem-

per a ture of <32.0ºF (Flash Memory Card version

C.MLM.02.02.xxx and later)

The chill er can be start ed af ter the tem per a tures are

within 3.0°F of one another and the COM PRES SOR

switch is placed in the Stop-re set (O) po si tion.

“CONDENSER – HIGH PRES SURE

CONTACTS OPEN”

The contacts of the electro-mechanical high pressure

safety device, located on the condenser shell, have

opened be cause this device has detected a pressure >

29.7 PSIA. The contacts will automatically close when

the con dens er pressure de creas es to < 23.7 PSIA. The

chill er can be started after the contacts close and the

COM PRES SOR switch is placed in the Stop-Re set

(O) po si tion.

“CONDENSER – HIGH PRESSURE”

The condenser pressure, as sensed by the Condenser

Transducer, has increased to >29.7 PSIA. The chiller

can be start ed after the pressure decreases to <23.7 PSIA

and the COM PRES SOR switch is placed in the Stop-

Reset (O) position.

“CONDENSER – HIGH PRESSURE –

STOPPED”

(Software versions C.MLM.02.06.xxx and later or

C.OPT.02.06.303 and later)

The condenser pressure exceeded 26.7 PSIA while the

chiller was stopped. High temperature condenser water

ß owing through the condenser while the chiller is shut-

down can cause a condenser high pressure condition

resulting in loss of refrigerant. This safety fault antici-

pates this problem by annunciating the condenser high

pressure condition. The chiller can be restarted after a

Service Technician performs a special reset preset proce-

dure contained in YORK Service Manual 160.55-M1.

“CONDENSER – PRESSURE TRANSDUCER OUT

OF RANGE”

The Condenser Pressure Transducer is indicating a

pres sure that is >35.3 PSIA. This is outside the nor mal

op er at ing range of the trans duc er. This is generally in-

di cates a defective trans duc er. The chiller can be start ed

after the transducer is in di cat ing a pressure that is < 35.3

PSIA and the COM PRES SOR switch is placed in the

Stop-Reset (O) po si tion.

“AUXILIARY SAFETY – CONTACTS CLOSED”

The Auxiliary Safety shutdown contacts, connected

to I/O Board TB4-31 have closed, initiating a safety

shut down. This input is a general-purpose, user deÞ ned

safe ty shutdown input. The chiller can be started after

the con tacts open and the COM PRES SOR switch is

placed in the Stop-Reset (O) position.

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

107

YORK INTERNATIONAL

“DISCHARGE – HIGH TEMPERATURE”

The discharge temperature, as sensed by the Dis charge

Temperature Thermistor, has increased to > 220.0°F. The

chiller can be started after the tem per a ture de creas es to

< 220.0°F and the COMPRESSOR switch is placed in

the Stop-Reset (O) position.

“DISCHARGE – LOW TEMPERATURE”

The discharge temperature, as sensed by the Dis charge

Temperature Thermistor, has decreased to < 30.0°F. The

chiller can be started after the tem per a ture in creas es to

> 30.0°F and the COMPRESSOR switch is placed in

the Stop-Reset (O) position.

“OIL – HIGH TEMPERATURE”

The oil temperature, as sensed by the Oil Temperature

Thermistor, has increased to > 180.0°F. The chiller can

be started after the temperature decreases to < 180.0°F

and the Compressor switch is placed in the Stop-Re set

(O) position.

“OIL – LOW DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE”

The differential oil pressure decreased to < 15.0 PSID

while the chiller was running or failed to achieve 20.0

PSID during the last 5 seconds of the “System Prelube”

pe ri od. The differential oil pressure is the difference

be tween the output of the Sump Oil Pressure Trans duc er

(system low pressure) and the output of the Pump Oil

Pressure Transducer (system high pres sure). The chill er

can be started after the COM PRES SOR switch is placed

in the Stop-Reset (O) position.

“OIL - HIGH DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE”

The differential oil Pressure increased to > 60.0 PSID

while the oil pump was running. The differential oil

pres sure is the difference between the output of the

Sump Oil Pressure Transducer (system low pressure)

and the output of the Pump Oil Pressure Transducer

(system high pressure). The chiller can be started after

the dif fer en tial oil pressure decreases to < 60.0 PSID

and the COMPRESSOR switch is placed in the Stop-

reset (O) position.

“CONTROL PANEL – POWER FAILURE”

A Control Power failure has occurred. If the power

fail ure duration was < the duration of the applicable

“Coastdown” period (2.5 minutes standard; 15 min utes

steam turbine), the remainder of the “Coastdown” is

performed upon restoration of power. The chiller can

be started after the COMPRESSOR switch is placed in

the Stop-reset (O) position. This message can in di cate

a Cycling (auto-restart after power failure) or Safe ty

(manual restart after power failure) shutdown, de pend ing

upon Control Center conÞ guration. It indicates a Cy-

cling shutdown when displayed in orange char ac ters;

Safety shutdown when displayed in red char ac ters. The

OptiView Control center is conÞ gured for auto-restart

or manual restart after power failure by a qualiÞ ed Ser-

vice tech ni cian following instructions in YORK Service

Manual 160.55-M1.

“MOTOR OR STARTER – CURRENT

IMBALANCE”

The three phase com pres sor mo tor current imbalance

was > 30% con tin u ous ly for 45 sec onds. The imbalance

is not checked until the chill er has been running for at

least 45 seconds and the av er age of the three phases of

motor current is > 80% of the pro grammed 100% chiller

Full Load Amps. The av er age is calculated as: Iave =

(Ia+Ib+Ic) ÷ 3. The im bal ance is calculated as:

(Ia-Iave) + (Ib-Iave) + (Ic-Iave) x 100

2(Iave)

The Style B Solid State Starter detects the unbalance

condition and advise the Optiview Control Center

Microboard via serial communications. The Style A

Solid State Starter and Variable Speed Drives returns

the 3-phase motor current values to the Optiview Control

Center Microboard where the unbalance calculation is

performed. This safety shutdown is not performed on

Electro-mechanical starter applications

“WATCHDOG – SOFTWARE REBOOT”

The Microboard’s software Watchdog initiated a Mi-

cro pro ces sor reset because it detected that a portion of

the chiller op er at ing Program was not be ing executed.

The result of this reset is a Safety shut down and re-ini-

tialization of the Program. This is generally in dic a tive

of a severe elec tri cal power disturbance or im pend ing

Microboard Failure. The chill er can be start ed af ter the

COM PRES SOR switch is placed in the Stop-Re set (O)

po si tion.

“SURGE PROTECTION – EXCESS SURGE”

(Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.02.xxx

and later)

(Applies only if Surge Protection SHUTDOWN fea ture

is Enabled) The Surge Window Count surge events ex-

ceeded the Count Limit setpoint. If the Surge Pro tec tion

Ex tend ed Run feature is Disabled, the chiller shutsdown

as soon as the count exceeds the limit. If the Ex tend ed

Run feature is Enabled, this shutdown oc curs only if the

count exceeds the limit at completion of the 10 minute

Ex tend ed Run period. The chiller can be start ed after

the COMPRESSOR Switch is placed in the Stop-Reset

(O) position.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

108

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

MOD “B” SOLID STATE STARTER

SAFE TY SHUTDOWN MES SAG ES

“LCSSS SHUTDOWN – REQUESTING FAULT

DATA...”

The Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger Board

has shut down the chiller but the Control Center has not

yet received the cause of the fault from the LCSSS, via

the serial communications link. The LCSSS shuts down

the chiller by opening the Motor Controller LCSSS Stop

Contacts (K1 relay located on the Log ic/Trigger Board

and connected between TB6-16 and TB6-53 in the Con-

trol Center). The Microboard, in the Control Center,

then sends a request for the cause of the fault to the

Logic/Trigger Board over the serial com mu ni ca tions

link. Since serial communications are ini ti at ed every 2

sec onds, this message is typically dis played for a few

sec onds and then replaced with the one of the below

listed fault messages.

“LCSSS – HIGH INSTANTANEOUS CUR RENT”

The Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger

Board detected that the compressor motor current in

any phase exceeded 1.1(1.414xRMS value of the pro-

grammed Start Current) for a minimum of 1 second. The

chiller can be started after the COMPRESSOR switch

is placed in the Stop-Reset (O) position.

“LCSSS – HIGH TEMPERATURE PHASE X

– RUN NING”

The Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger

Board has detected the temperature of phase A, B or

C (de signed as X in the message) Silicon Controlled

Rec ti Þ er (SCR) Modules has exceeded 212°F while

the chill er was running. The safety can be reset after all

SCR tem per a tures are < 210°F and the COM PRES SOR

switch is placed in the Stop-Reset position (O). However,

the chiller cannot be start ed until all SCR tem per a tures

are < 109°F. During the shutdown, the start er cooling

pump runs until the tem per a ture is < 109°F.

“LCSSS – 105% MOTOR CURRENT OVER-

LOAD”

The highest phase of the compressor motor current in-

creased to > 105% of the programmed 100% chiller Full

Load Amps continuously for 40 seconds. The chill er can

be started after the COMPRESSOR switch is placed in

the Stop-Reset (O) position.

“LCSSS – PHASE X SHORTED SCR”

A shorted Silicon Controlled RectiÞ er (SCR) in phase

A, B or C (designated as X in the message) has been

detected by the Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter

Log ic/Trigger Board. The voltage across each SCR in

mon i tored to detect the shorted condition. The shorted

con di tion must exist continuously for 5 seconds in order

to annunciate the fault. This check is disabled while the

chiller is running. The chiller can be started after the

condition has been corrected and the COMPRESSOR

switch is placed in the Stop-Reset (O) position.

“LCSSS – OPEN SCR”

An open Silicon Controlled RectiÞ er (SCR) has been

de tect ed by the Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter

Log ic/Trigger Board. The open condition must exist

con tin u ous ly for 5 seconds in order to annunciate the

fault. The chiller can be started after the condition has

been cor rect ed and the COMPRESSOR switch is placed

in the Stop-Reset (O) position. This check is disabled

when the chiller is shut down. In certain applications,

local power line conditions could interfere with the open

SCR detection technique. This requires a qualiÞ ed Ser-

vice Technician to disable this check. Refer to YORK

Ser vice Manual 160.55-M1.

“LCSSS – PHASE (X) OPEN SCR”

(Software versions C.MLM.02.06.xxx and later or

C.OPT.02.06.303 and later)

An open SCR in phase A, B or C (designated as X in

message) has been detected. This safety shutdown has

the same criteria as “LCSSS – OPEN SCR” above.

However, when the Solid State Starter Logic/Trigger

Board is equipped with Eprom version C.SSS.01.03 (and

later) and the Optiview Control Center is equipped with

above software, the phase in which the open SCR oc-

curred is identiÞ ed

“LCSSS – PHASE ROTATION”

(Flash memory Card version C.MLM.02.01 or later)

The Liquid Cooled Solid State Starter Logic/Trig ger Board

has detected the three phase com pres sor motor power line

voltage phase ro ta tion is not correct. The chiller can be start ed

after the phase rotation is correct and the COM PRES SOR

Switch is placed in the Stop-Reset (O) po si tion.

COMPRESSOR MOTOR VARI ABLE

SPEED DRIVE:

SAFETY SHUTDOWN MES SAG ES

The following Safety shutdown messages are dis played

on Compressor Motor vari able Speed Drive (VSD) ap-

pli ca tions only. These messages are gen er at ed by events

that occur within the VSD. The chiller can be started

after manual resets are per formed as de tailed below.

Service and trou ble shoot ing information is contained

in YORK Manual 160.00-M1.

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

109

YORK INTERNATIONAL

“VSD SHUTDOWN – REQUESTING FAULT

DATA”

The VSD has shut down the chiller and the control

cen ter has not yet received the cause of the fault from

the VSD, via the serial com mu ni ca tions link. The VSD

shuts down the chiller by opening the Motor Control-

ler “VSD Stop Contacts” (located on the VSD Logic

Board and connected between TB6-16 and TB6-53 in

the Con trol Center). The Microboard in the Control

Cen ter then sends a request for the cause of the fault to

the VSD Logic Board via the Adaptive Capacity Control

Board, over the serial link. Since serial com mu ni ca tions

are ini ti at ed every 2 seconds, this message is typ i cal ly

dis played for a few seconds and then re placed with one

of the following fault mes sag es.

“VSD – 105% MOTOR CURRENT OVER LOAD”

This shutdown is generated by the VSD Logic Board

and it indicates that a motor overload has occurred. The

shutdown is generated when the VSD Logic Board has

detected that at least 1 of the 3 output phase currents has

exceeded 105% of the chiller Full Load Amps (FLA)

value for > 7 seconds. The chiller FLA value is set

by adjustment of the FLA potentiometer on the VSD

Log ic Board. The chiller can be started after the RE SET

push-button on the VSD Logic Board is pressed and

the COMPRESSOR switch is placed in the Stop-reset

position (O).

“VSD – HIGH PHASE A INVERTER HEATSINK

TEMPERATURE”

(Style D VSD)

This shutdown will occur if the heatsink temperature

ex ceeds 158°F on any of the output pole assemblies.

This shutdown will seldom occur. In most cases where

the coolant temperature has risen abnormally, the VSD

will shut down on “Ambient Temperature” @ 140.0 °F

be fore the heatsinks can reach 158°F. If this message

is displayed, make sure there is adequate coolant level,

as cer tain the pump is operating when the chiller is run-

ning and check the strainer in the primary of the heat

ex chang er for clogs and silt. The chiller can be started

after the fault con di tion clears, the RESET button on the

VSD Logic Board is pressed and the COM PRES SOR

switch is placed in the Stop-re set position (O).

“VSD – HIGH PHASE B INVERTER

HEATSINK TEMPERATURE”

(Style D VSD)

See Phase A message above.

“VSD – HIGH PHASE C INVERTER

HEATSINK TEMPERATURE”

(Style D VSD)

See Phase A mes sage above.

“VSD – HIGH CONVERTER HEATSINK TEM-

PER A TURE”

(Style D VSD)

See Phase A message above.

“VSD – HIGH CONVERTER HEATSINK TEM-

PER A TURE”

(Applicable to VSD with part number 371-02767-

XXX (60 Hz) and 371-03700-XXX (50 Hz))

(Requires Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.-

02.02A.xxx and later)

This shutdown will occur if the heatsink tem per a ture

exceeds 170ºF. The chiller can be started after the fault

condition clears and the COM PRES SOR Switch is

placed in the Stop-reset (O) position.

“VSD - HIGH INVERTER BASEPLATE TEM-

PER A TURE”

(Applicable to VSD with part number 371-02767-

XXX (60 Hz) and 371-03700-XXX (50 Hz))

(Requires Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.-

02.02A.xxx and later)

This shutdown will occur if the baseplate tem per a ture

exceeds 175ºF. The chiller can be started after the fault

condition clears, the RESET but ton on the VSD Logic

Board is pressed and the COMPRESSOR Switch is

placed in the Stop-reset position (O).

“VSD – HIGH PHASE A INVERTER BASE-

PLATE TEMPERTURE”

(VSD part number 371-03789-xxx (503HP 60Hz; 419HP

50Hz (Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.04.xxx

and later)

The chiller has shutdown because the baseplate tempera-

ture has increased to >158 ºF. The chiller can be stated

after the fault condition clears, the RESET button on the

VSD Logic Board is pressed and the COMPRESSOR

switch is placed in the Stop-reset (O) position.

“VSD – HIGH PHASE B INVERTER BASE-

PLATE TEMPERATURE”

(VSD part number 371-03789-xxx (503HP 60Hz; 419HP

50Hz (Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.04.xxx

and later)

The chiller has shutdown because the baseplate tempera-

ture has increased to >158 ºF. The chiller can be stated

after the fault condition clears, the RESET button on the

YORK INTERNATIONAL

110

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

VSD Logic Board is pressed and the COMPRESSOR

switch is placed in the Stop-reset (O) position.

"VSD – HIGH PHASE C INVERTER BASE-

PLATE TEMPERATURE”

(VSD part number 371-03789-xxx (503HP 60Hz; 419HP

50Hz (Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.04.xxx

and later)

The chiller has shutdown because the baseplate tempera-

ture has increased to >158 ºF. The chiller can be stated

after the fault condition clears, the RESET button on the

VSD Logic Board is pressed and the COMPRESSOR

switch is placed in the Stop-reset (O) position.

“VSD – PRECHARGE LOCKOUT”

If the VSD fails to make Pre-charge, the Pre-charge

re lay shall drop out for 10 sec onds during which time

the VSD’s fans and water pumps shall remain en er gized

in order to permit the Pre-charge resistors to cool. Fol-

low ing this 10-second cool down period, Pre-charge

shall again be initiated. The VSD shall attempt to make

Pre-charge 3 consecutive times. If the VSD fails to

make Pre-charge on 3 consecutive tries, the unit will

shut down, lockout and display this message. The chill er

can be start ed after the COMPRESSOR switch is placed

in the Stop-reset (O) position.

“HARMONIC FILTER – HIGH HEATSINK TEM-

PER A TURE”

(Style D VSD)

The Harmonic Filter power assembly has one heatsink

thermistor on the 351 and 503 HP units and two heatsink

ther mistors on the 790 HP units. If the temperature on

any heatsink exceeds 167°F, the unit will shut down.

This mes sage is usually an indication of a low cool-

ant level in the VSD cooling loop. The chiller can be

start ed after the fault condition clears, the OVERTEMP

RE SET button on the Filter Logic Board is pressed and

the COM PRES SOR switch is placed in the Stop-reset

(O) position.

“HARMONIC FILTER – HIGH BASEPLATE

TEM PER A TURE”

(Applicable to VSD with part number 371-02767-

XXX (60 Hz) and 371-03700-XXX (50 Hz))

(Requires Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.-

02.02A.xxx and later)

This shutdown occurs when the Baseplate tem per a ture

ex ceeds 174ºF (79ºC). The chiller can be started after the

fault condition clears, the OVERTEMP RESET button

on the Filter Logic Board is pressed and the COMPRES-

SOR Switch is placed in the Stop-reset po si tion (O).

“HARMONIC FILTER – HIGH BASEPLATE

TEMPERATURE”

(VSD part number 371-03789-xxx (503HP 60Hz; 419HP

50Hz (Flash Memory Card version C.MLM.02.04.xxx

and later)

The chiller has shutdown because the Baseplate tem-

perature has increased to >194 ºF. The chiller can be

started after the fault condition clears, the OVERTEMP

reset button on the Filter Logic Board is pressed and

the COMPRESSOR switch is placed in the stop-reset

(O) position

“HARMONIC FILTER – HIGH TOTAL

DEMAND DISTORTION”

This shutdown indicates the Þ lter is not operating cor-

rect ly and the input current to the VSD/Filter is not si-

nu so i dal. This shut down will occur if the TDD ex ceeds

25% con tin u ous ly for 45 seconds. TDD is an ac ro nym

for Total De mand Distortion, a term deÞ ned by the IEEE

Std 519-1992 stan dard as the “total root-sum-square har-

monic cur rent distortion, in percent of the maximum

demand load current (15 or 30 min de mand)”. In the

Filter option sup plied by YORK, the displayed TDD is

the total RMS val ue of all the har mon ic cur rent sup plied

by the main power to the VSD di vid ed by the chiller

Full Load Amps, in per cent. A standard VSD, less the

op tion al Þ lter typ i cal ly has an input current TDD level

on the order of 28-30%. The chiller can be started after

the COM PRES SOR switch is placed in the Stop-re set

position (O).

OptiView Control Center

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

111

YORK INTERNATIONAL

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

TO MAINTAIN FORMAT

YORK INTERNATIONAL

112

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

SECTION 3

PRINTERS

FIG. 43 – PRINTERS

23887A

OKIDATA MICROLINE 184

23889A

WEIGH-TRONIX

SEIKO DPU-414

00085VIP

Printers

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

113

YORK INTERNATIONAL

A printer can be connected to the Control Center’s

Microboard to print the following reports. The screen

from which each report can be generated is listed in

pa ren the sis.

• Status - Present system parameters (Printer,

Home)

• Setpoints - Present programmed values of all set-

points (Printer, Setpoints)

• Schedule - Present value of programmed daily

sched ule (Printer, Schedule)

• Sales Order - Information on Sales Order Screen

(Print er, Sales Order)

• History - System parameters at the time of the last

normal stop, last fault while running and last 10

faults, whether running or not (Printer, History)

• Cycling or Safety shutdown initiated Print - Snap-

shot of all system parameters at instant of shut down.

Automatically occurs if printer is connected at time

of shutdown.

• Adaptive Capacity Control (ACC) surge Map

- Sys tem conditions at instant all surge points were

mapped. (Compressor Motor Variable Speed Drive

ap pli ca tions; requires SERVICE access level)

(Print er, ACC)

• Trend (Flash Memory card version C.MLM.

02.02.xxx and later) - Prints a snap shot of the ex-

isting trend screen data or prints new data col lect ed

af ter the trend print key is pressed.

The printer can be permanently connected to the Con trol

Center or connected as required to produce a re port. If

permanently connected, a DATA LOGGING fea ture

can produce a Status report automatically, be gin ning

at an Operator selected start time and oc cur ring at an

Operator selected interval thereafter.

The following Þ gures are examples of the different print

reports. Solid State Starter application print reports

shown. Electro-mechanical starter and Variable Speed

Drive reports are similar but print parameters ap pli ca ble

to those devices.

• Figure 44 - Status

• Figure 45 - Setpoints

• Figure 46 - Schedule

• Figure 47 - Sales Order

• Figure 48 - History

• Figure 49 - Security Log (Flash Memory Card ver-

sion C.MLM.02.03.xxx and later)

• Figure 50 - Trend (Flash Memory Card version

C.MLM.02.02.xxx and later)

• Figure 51 - Custom Screen

• Figure 52 - Adap tive Capacity Control New Map

point Report

• Figure 53 - Adaptive Capacity Control

Existing Map points Report

PRINTERS

The following Printers can be used. Printers must be

equipped with an RS-232 Serial interface.

• Okidata –

Models: 182,182 turbo, 184 turbo

Dimensions: 14 in. wide x 10.5 in. deep

Paper: 8.5 in. wide

Type: Dot matrix impact

Purchase: 800-OKIDATA

• Weigh-Tronix –

Models: 2600, 1220

Dimensions: 2.3 in. wide x 2.8 in. deep

Paper: 2.25 in. wide

Type: Dot matrix impact

Purchase: USA 800-982-6622

International 707-527-5555

• Seiko –

Model: DPU414-30B (Power supply PW4007-U I

re quired)

Dimensions: 6.3 in. wide x 6.7 in. deep

Paper: 4.4 in. wide

Type: Thermal

Purchase: Reptron Electronics, Inc

Phone: 800-800-5441 ext. 4686

Fax: 813-891-4056

Attn: Nancy Arthur, Account Mgr.

(narthur@reptron.com)

The Control Center provides the required formatting

control codes for the printers above when the printer

is selected on the PRINTER Screen in the instructions

below. These codes are transmitted through the serial

interface to the printer to provide a proper print for mat.

Different printers require different formatting control

codes. Oth er printers might provide proper op er a tion

when connected to the Control Center. How ev er, the

print format may not be correct or as desired. Proceed

with caution and use the following guidelines if an un-

list ed printer is selected:

1. All must be capable of RS-232 Serial com mu ni c-

a tions.

2. Primary differences between printers involve the for-

mat ting control codes required by the printer. These

YORK INTERNATIONAL

114

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

codes are sent from the Control Center to the print er.

For example, Weigh -Tronix printers require a con trol

code to select 40 column width. This same code is

interpreted by the Okidata printer as an in struc tion

to print wide characters. In some in stanc es, a printer

will ignore a code it cannot interpret.

3. The Control Center requires a busy signal from the

printer when the printer receive buffer is full. This

causes the Control Center to mo men tari ly ter mi nate

data transmission until the printer can accept more

data. The busy signal polarity must be as sert ed low

when busy.

PRINTER CONNECTIONS

Connect the printers to the Control Center Microboard as

follows. Only one printer can be connected at a time.

• OKIDATA 182, 182 turbo, 184 turbo

Microboard Printer Function

J2-4 pin 3 Tx (data to printer)

J2-2 pin 11 DSR (busy signal from print er)

J2-9 pin 7 Gnd

Cabinet shield

• WEIGH-TRONIX

Microboard Printer Func tion

J2-4 pin 2 Tx (data to printer)

J2-2 pin 5 DSR (busy signal from print er)

J2-9 pin 7 Gnd

Cabinet shield

• SEIKO

Microboard Printer Function

J2-4 pin 3 Tx (data to printer)

J2-2 pin 8 DSR (busy signal from print er)

J2-9 pin 5 Gnd

Cabinet shield

Hardware required:

Cable – #18 AWG stranded 50ft. maximum length.

Connectors –

- Microboard: None. Strip 1/4" insulation from

wire and insert into screw ter mi nal block.

- Printers: Okidata - 25 pin plug DB-25P or equiv-

a lent; Shell DB-C2-J9 or equivalent. Weigh-Tronix

- Same as Okidata. Cable assembly available from

Weigh-Tronix. Seiko - 9-Pin D-type Subminiature

(DB-9 pin male).

PRINTER SETUP

The selected printer must be conÞ gured as follows.

Refer to manual provided by Printer manufacturer with

respective Printer.

• OKIDATA 182, 182 turbo, 184 turbo Printer

CONTROL BOARD Switch settings:

SW1 - on Unslashed 0

2 - off Unslashed 0

3 - off Unslashed 0

4 - off Form Length 11 in.

5 - on Form Length 11 in.

6 - off Auto Line Feed off

7 - on 8 bit data

8 - off Enable front panel

If equipped with a SUPER SPEED serial Board:

SW1-1 - on Odd or even parity

1-2 - on No parity

1-3 - on 8 bit data

1-4 - on Protocol ready/busy

1-5 - on Test select

1-6 - on Print mode

1-7 - off SDD(-) pin 11

1-8 - on SDD(-) pin 11

2-1 - on 1200 Baud*

2-2 - on 1200 Baud*

2-3 - off 1200 Baud*

2-4 - off DSR active

2-5 - on Buffer threshold 32 bytes

2-6 - on Busy signal 200ms

2-7 - on DTR space after power on

2-8 - not used

If equipped with HIGH SPEED serial board:

SW1 - off (-) Low when busy

2 - off 1200 Baud*

3 - off 1200 Baud*

4 - on 1200 Baud*

5 - not used

6 - off no parity

7 - off Pin 20 & pin 11 act as busy line

• WEIGH-TRONIX Printer

- IMP-24 Model 2600

SW1 - off 1200 Baud*

2 - on 1200 Baud*

Printers

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

115

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Model 1220

- ConÞ gure Menu

Baud= 1200

Data Bits = 8

Stop Bits = 1

Hshake = Busy-Line

Cols = 32

Invert = No

Font = 5 x 8

Mag = None

- Custom Menu

Auto Seq = No

Zero = 0

Pound sign = #

_(Underscore)

Busy invert = no

Online/ofß ine = yes

Ext Ch Set = no

Print ready = yes

Set Clock = not used

Reset Seq = not used

• SEIKO

DipSW1-1 = off Input-Serial

1-2 = on Printing speed high

1-3 = on Auto loading - on

1-4 = off Auto LF - off

1-5 = on Setting Command - Enable

1-6 = off Printing density - 100%

1-7 = on Printing density - 100%

1-8 = on Printing, density - 100%

DipSW 2-1= on Printing Columns - 40

2-2 = on User Font Back-up - on

2-3 = on Character Select - normal

2-4 = off Zero - slash

2-5 = on International character set -

American

2-6 = on International character set -

American

2-7 = on International character set -

American

2-8 = off International character set -

American

DipSW 3-1= on Data length - 8 bits

3-2 = on Parity Setting - no

3-3 = on Parity condition - odd

3-4 = on Busy control - H/W busy

3-5 = on Baud rate select - 1200*

3-6 = off Baud rate select - 1200*

3-7 = on Baud rate select - 1200*

3-8 = off Baud rate select - 1200*

* Settings shown for 1200 Baud. Other Baud rates can

be selected. Refer to Printer manufacturer’s manual

supplied with Printer.

CONTROL CENTER SETUP

Chiller ID

Access Level Required: OPERATOR or Higher

Using the COMMS Screen, assign an IdentiÞ cation

number to the chiller. This number will appear at the

top of each report.

Printer Setup

Access Level Required: OPERATOR or Higher

Using the COMMS Screen, the Control Center must be

conÞ gured to transmit data in the same format as the

Printer is conÞ gured to receive the data. The following

values must be entered.

• Baud Rate - Set as desired. Value selected must be

the same as Printer conÞ guration above.

• Data Bits - 8

• Parity - None

• Stop Bits - 1

Printer Type

Access Level required: OPERATOR or Higher

Using the PRINTER Screen, the actual Printer type con-

nected to the Control Center must be entered. Se lec tion

determines the control codes that are sent to the Printer.

These codes determine such things as lines per inch,

character width and general formatting. Avail able selec-

tions are: Okidata, Weigh-Tronix and Seiko.

Automatic Data Logging

Access Level required: OP ER A TOR or Higher.

If automatic data logging is desired, a Status Report can

be automatically printed at a speciÞ ed interval be gin ning

at a speciÞ ed time, using the PRINTER Screen. The

interval is programmable over the range of 1 minute

to 1440 minutes in 1 minute increments. The Þ rst print

will occur at the programmed START time and occur at

the programmed OUTPUT INTERVAL thereafter. The

time remaining until the next print is displayed on the

PRINTER Screen.

• Automatic Printer Logging - Enables and disables

au to mat ic data logging

• Log Start Time - Enter the time the Þ rst print is

de sired.

• Output Interval - Enter the desired interval be tween

prints.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

116

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

YORK UPDATE

CHILLER ID 0

YORK Update Chiller ID

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

CORPORATION

SYSTEM RUN

LEAVING CHILLED LIQUID CONTROL

WARNING – PURGE – FLOAT SWITCH ERROR

[List all warnings presently active]

Controls C.MLM.02.03.102

Run Time 0 Days 2 Hr 59 Min

Operating Hours = 298 Hr

Number Of Starts = 106

Control Source = Local

Evaporator

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Leaving Chilled Active Setpoint = 45.0 ~F

Chilled Liquid Pump = Run

Chilled Liquid Flow Switch = Closed

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature = 50.0 ~F

Return Chilled Liquid Temperature = 59.3 ~F

Evaporator Pressure = 7.2 Psia

Evaporator Saturation Temperature = 41.1 ~F

Evaporator Refrigerant Temperature = 40.0 ~F

[If Refrigerant Sensor enabled]

Small Temperature Difference = 10.0 ~F

Condenser

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Condenser Liquid Pump = Run

Condenser Liquid Flow Switch = Closed

Leaving Condenser Liquid Temperature = 85.0 ~F

Return Condenser Liquid Temperature = 94.9 ~F

Condenser Pressure = 13.8 Psia

Condenser Saturation Temperature = 71.7 ~F

Small Temperature Difference = -13.3 ~F

Drop Leg Refrigerant Temperature = 85.0 ~F

[If Drop Leg Sensor enabled]

Sub Cooling Temperature = 2.0 ~F

[If Drop Leg Sensor enabled]

Compressor

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Discharge Temperature = 121.6 ~F

Vent Line Solenoid = On

Oil Sump

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Oil Pump Run Output = On

Oil Pressure = 30.7 Psid

Oil Sump Temperature = 137.9 ~F

[Skip the following section if Hot Gas Bypass is not

enabled]

Hot Gas

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

FIG. 44 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (STATUS)

Valve Position = 15 %

Pre-Rotation Vanes Position = 75 %

Surge

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Surge Count = 127

Surge Window Time = 1 Min

Surge Window Count = 0

[Skip the following section if Liquid Level is not

enabled]

Refrigerant Level Control

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Refrigerant Level Position = 35 %

Ramp Up Time Remaining = 15 Sec

[If Ramp Up in effect]

Purge Control

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pressure = 42.8 Psia

Exhaust Count = 0

Exhaust Window = 60 Min

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not EM]

Electro-Mechanical Starter

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Motor Run = On

% Full Load Amps = 94 %

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not Mod A

SSS]

Liquid-Cooled Solid State Starter

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Motor Run = On

% Full Load Amps = 94 %

Phase A Voltage = 447 V

Phase B Voltage = 409 V

Phase C Voltage = 442 V

Phase A Current = 193 A

Phase B Current = 204 A

Phase C Current = 190 A

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not Mod B

SSS]

Liquid-Cooled Solid State Starter

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Motor Run = On

% Full Load Amps = 94 %

Starter Model = 33L

KW Hours = 20723 KWH

Input Power = 145 KW

Phase A Voltage = 447 V

Phase B Voltage = 409 V

Phase C Voltage = 442 V

Phase A Current = 193 A

Phase B Current = 204 A

Printers

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

117

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Phase C Current = 190 A

Phase A Temperature = 88 ~F

Phase B Temperature = 89 ~F

Phase C Temperature = 75 ~F

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not VSD]

Variable Speed Drive

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Motor Run = On

% Full Load Amps = 94 %

Pre-Rotation Vanes Position = 75 %

Full Load Amps = 402 A

Precharge Relay Output = Off

Trigger SCR Output = On

Water Pump Output = On

KW Hours = 14528 KWH

Input Power = 150 KW

Output Frequency = 60 Hz

Output Voltage = 800 V

DC Bus Voltage = 600 V

DC Inverter Link Current = 300 A

Phase A Output Current = 195 A

Phase B Output Current = 198 A

Phase C Output Current = 193 A

Internal Ambient Temperature = 88 ~F

Converter Heatsink Temperature = 102 ~F

Phase A Heatsink Temperature = 93 ~F

Phase B Heatsink Temperature = 99 ~F

Phase C Heatsink Temperature = 97 ~F

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not VSD,

or Filter

is not present]

Harmonic Filter Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Precharge Contactor = Off

Supply Contactor = On

Operating Mode = Running

Phase Rotation = ABC

Total Supply KVA = 148 KVA

Total Power Factor = 0.97

DC Bus Voltage = 608 V

Heatsink Temperature = 102 ~F

Voltage Peak N-L1 = 200 V

Voltage Peak N-L2 = 200 V

Voltage Peak N-L3 = 200 V

L1-L2 RMS Voltage = 215 V

L2-L3 RMS Voltage = 215 V

L3-L1 RMS Voltage = 215 V

L1 RMS Filter Current = 150 A

L2 RMS Filter Current = 150 A

L3 RMS Filter Current = 150 A

L1 RMS Supply Current = 152 A

L2 RMS Supply Current = 152 A

L3 RMS Supply Current = 152 A

L1 Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion = 1.5 %

FIG. 44 – CONTINUED

YORK INTERNATIONAL

118

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

FIG. 45 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (SETPOINT REPORT)

YORK SETPOINTS

CHILLER ID 0

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

RA TION

Mon 21 jun 1999 1:27 :39 PM

Software Versions

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Controls = C.MLM.02.03.102

BIOS = C.MLM.00.03

Kernel = 0.18

GUI = 0.25

SIO = 0.21

GPIC = 0.03

Ext I/O [Skip if Hot Gas Disabled] = 19962021101

VSD [Skip if Motor Type is not VSD] = C.VSD.01.14

SSS [Skip if Motor Type is not Serial SSS] =

C.SSS.01.01

System Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

System Language = English

Data Display Mode = English

Control Source = Local

Remote Analog Input Range = 0 – 10 Volts

Clock = Enabled

Jumper Settings

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pre-Run = Standard

Coastdown = Standard

Chilled Liquid Pump Operation = Standard

Refrigerant Selection = R11

Anti-Recycle = Enabled

Power Failure Restart = Auto

Liquid Type = Water

Motor Type = LCSSS

Printer Setup

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Automatic Printer Logging = Disabled

Log Start Time = 12:00 am

Output Interval = 60 Min

Printer Type = Okidata

Baud = 9600 Baud

Data Bits = 8 Bits

Parity = None

Stop Bits = 1 Bit

COM 2 Setup

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Baud = 19200 Baud

Data Bits = 8 Bits

Parity = Odd

Stop Bits = 1 Bit

Evaporator

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Printers

Leaving Chilled Local Setpoint = 45.0 ~F

Leaving Chilled ISN Setpoint = 45.0 ~F

Leaving Chilled Modem Setpoint = 45.0 ~F

Leaving Chilled Analog Setpoint = 45.0 ~F

Leaving Chilled Digital Setpoint = 45.0 ~F

Remote Range = 10.0 ~F

Sensitivity = Normal

Restart Offset = 0.0 ~F

Restart Setpoint = 45.0 ~F

Shutdown Offset = 4.0 ~F

Shutdown Setpoint = 41.0 ~F

Brine Low Evaporator Cutout = 5.0 Psia

Smart Freeze = Off

Refrigerant = Disabled

Condenser

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

High Pressure Warning Threshold = 28.8 Psia

Drop Leg = Disabled

[Skip the following section if Hot Gas Bypass is not

enabled]

Hot Gas

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hot Gas = Disabled

Hold Period = 30 Min

Close Percentage = 5 %

Minimum Load = 1 ~F

Maximum Open = 80 %

Surge

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Surge Sensitivity = 0.3

Shutdown = Enabled

Extended Run = Disabled

Count Limit = 15

Count Window = 5 Min

[Skip the following section if Liquid Level is not

enabled]

Refrigerant Level Control

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Level Control = On

Setpoint = 50 %

Period = 3.5 Sec

Proportion Limit Open = 15 %

Proportion Limit Close = 45 %

Rate Limit Open = 10 %

Rate Limit Close = 10 %

Purge Control

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Hi Efﬁ ciency = Off

Maximum Purges / Hour = 20

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not EM]

Electro-Mechanical Starter

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Local Motor Current Limit = 100 %

Remote ISN Current Limit = 100 %

Remote Analog Current Limit = 100 %

Remote Digital Current Limit = 100 %

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

119

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FIG. 45 – CONTINUED

Remote Modem Current Limit = 100 %

Pulldown Demand Limit = 100 %

Pulldown Demand Time = 0 Min

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not Mod A

SSS]

Liquid-Cooled Solid State Starter

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Local Motor Current Limit = 100 %

Remote ISN Current Limit = 100 %

Remote Analog Current Limit = 100 %

Remote Digital Current Limit = 100 %

Remote Modem Current Limit = 100 %

Pulldown Demand Limit = 100 %

Pulldown Demand Time = 0 Min

Scale/Model = 600 V, 281 A

Supply Voltage Range = Disabled

Full Load Amps = 150 A

Current Imbalance Check = Disabled

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not Mod B

SSS]

Liquid-Cooled Solid State Starter

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Local Motor Current Limit = 100 %

Remote ISN Current Limit = 100 %

Remote Analog Current Limit = 100 %

Remote Digital Current Limit = 100 %

Remote Modem Current Limit = 100 %

Pulldown Demand Limit = 100 %

Pulldown Demand Time = 0 Min

Starter Model = 33L

Voltage Range = Disabled

Full Load Amps = 215 A

Starting Current = 1460 A

Open SCR = Disabled

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not VSD]

Variable Speed Drive

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Local Motor Current Limit = 100 %

Remote ISN Current Limit = 100 %

Remote Analog Current Limit = 100 %

Remote Digital Current Limit = 100 %

Remote Modem Current Limit = 100 %

Pulldown Demand Limit = 100 %

Pulldown Demand Time = 0 Min

Motor HP = 351 HP

Power Line Frequency = 60 Hz

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not VSD]

Harmonic Filter Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------

Filter Operation = Enabled

Motor HP = 351 HP

YORK SCHEDULE

CHILLER ID 0

mon 21 jun 1999 1:28:25 pm

schedule = OFF

Standard Schedule

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Sun StarT = Off Stop = Off

MOn Start = 06:00 AM Stop = 06:00 PM

Tue Start = 06:00 AM Stop = 06:00 PM

Wed Start = 06:00 AM Stop = 06:00 PM

Th u Start = 06:00 AM Stop = 06:00 PM

Fri Start = 06:00 AM Stop = 06:00 PM

Sat Start = Off Stop = Off

Exception Days

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

15 jul 1999 start = 08:00 am stop = 08:00 pm

16 jul 1999 start = 08:00 am stop = 08:00 pm

17 jul 1999 start = 08:00 am stop = 08:00 pm

18 jul 1999 start = 08:00 am stop = 08:00 pm

FIG. 46 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT

(SCHEDULE RE PORT)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

120

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

FIG. 47 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (SALES ORDER RE PORT)

YORK SALES ORDER

CHILLER ID 0

Mon 21 jun 1999 1:28:46 PM

Order Information

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Commissioning date

Job Name

Job Location

Model Number YTFBFAH6-CVJ

YORK Order Number 99102014-01

Panel Serial Number 12345678

Chiller Serial Number 12345678

Design Load - Evaporator

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Passes 2

Design Working Pressure 150

Fouling Factor 0.00010

Pressure Drop 21.1

Nozzle Arrangement In 2

Nozzle Arrangement Out 3

Leaving Temperature 44.0

Return Temperature 56.0

GPM 1500.0

Tubes 181

Design Load - condenser

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Passes 2

Design Working Pressure 150

Fouling Factor 0.00025

Pressure Drop 28.0

Nozzle Arrangement In 1

Nozzle Arrangement Out

Leaving Temperature 94.3

Return Temperature 85.0

GPM 2250.0

Tubes 230

Nameplate Information

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Motor Code CV

Power (Volts) 460

Phases 3

Frequency (Hz) 60

Looked Rotor Amps 4400

Full Load Amps 642

Inrush Amps 655

System Information

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Refrigerant R123

Tons 150

Gear Code RK

Liquid Type water

Brine Percent

Kilowatts Input 467

VSD / sss / em VSD

Printers

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

121

YORK INTERNATIONAL

YORK HISTORY 1

CHILLER ID 0

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

MSYSTEM READY TO START

LCSSS – LOGIC BOARD POWER SUPPLY

[List any warnings that were active at the time of

shutdown]

Controls C.MLM.02.03.102

Run Time 0 Days 2 Hr 59 Min

Operating Hours = 294 Hr

Number Of Starts = 105

Control Source = Local

Evaporator

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Leaving Chilled Active Setpoint = 45.0 ~F

Chilled Liquid Pump = Stop

Chilled Liquid Flow Switch = Open

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature = 50.0 ~F

Return Chilled Liquid Temperature = 59.3 ~F

Evaporator Pressure = 7.2 Psia

Evaporator Saturation Temperature = 41.1 ~F

Evaporator Refrigerant Temperature = 40.0 ~F

[If Refrigerant Sensor enabled]

Small Temperature Difference = 10.0 ~F

Condenser

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Condenser Liquid Pump = Stop

Condenser Liquid Flow Switch = Open

Leaving Condenser Liquid Temperature = 85.0 ~F

Return Condenser Liquid Temperature = 94.9 ~F

Condenser Pressure = 13.8 Psia

Condenser Saturation Temperature = 71.7 ~F

Small Temperature Difference = -13.3 ~F

Drop Leg Refrigerant Temperature = 85.0 ~F

[If Drop Leg Sensor enabled]

Sub Cooling Temperature = 2.0 ~F

[If Drop Leg Sensor enabled]

Compressor

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Discharge Temperature = 121.6 ~F

Vent Line Solenoid = Off

Oil Sump

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Oil Pump Run Output = Off

Oil Pressure = 0.0 Psid

Oil Sump Temperature = 137.9 ~F

[Skip the following section if Hot Gas Bypass is not

enabled]

Hot Gas

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

FIG. 48 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (HISTORY REPORT)

Valve Position [If Hot Gas enabled] = 0 %

Pre-Rotation Vanes Position = 0 %

Surge

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Total Surge Count = 127

Surge Window Time = 1 Min

Surge Window Count = 0

[Skip the following section if Liquid Level is not

enabled]

Refrigerant Level Control

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Refrigerant Level Position = 35 %

Ramp Up Time Remaining = 15 Sec

[If Ramp Up in effect]

Purge Control

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Pressure = 42.8 Psia

Exhaust Count = 0

Exhaust Window = 60 Min

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not EM]

Electro-Mechanical Starter

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Motor Run = Off

% Full Load Amps = 0 %

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not Mod A

SSS]

Liquid-Cooled Solid State Starter

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Motor Run = Off

% Full Load Amps = 0 %

Phase A Voltage = 447 V

Phase B Voltage = 409 V

Phase C Voltage = 442 V

Phase A Current = 0 A

Phase B Current = 0 A

Phase C Current = 0 A

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not Mod B

SSS]

Liquid-Cooled Solid State Starter

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Motor Run = Off

% Full Load Amps = 0 %

Starter Model = 33L

KW Hours = 20723 KWH

Input Power = 145 KW

Phase A Voltage = 447 V

Phase B Voltage = 409 V

Phase C Voltage = 442 V

Phase A Current = 0 A

Phase B Current = 0 A

YORK INTERNATIONAL

122

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

FIG. 48 – CONTINUED

Printers

YORK SETPOINT CHANGE LOG

CHILLER ID 163

Mon 09 Oct 2000 3:33:47 PM

Log Entry 1 Evaporator - Leaving Chilled Local Setpoint

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Date = 05 Oct 2001

Time = 4:23:49 PM

Access Level = Service

User Id = 4268

Old Value = 46.5 ~F

New Value = 48.0 ~F

Log Entry 2 Condenser - High Pressure Warning Threshold

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Date = 05 Oct 2001

Time = 1:36:12 PM

Access Level = Service

User Id = 4268

Old Value = 162.5 Psig

New Value = 225.0 Psig

Log Entry 3 Condenser - Drop Leg

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Date = 05 Oct 2001

Time = 1:36:02 PM

Access Level = Service

User Id = 4268

Old Value = Disabled

New Value = Enabled

Log Entry 4 Evaporator - Refrigerant

---------------------------------------------------------------------------

Date = 05 Oct 2001

Time = 1:35:48 PM

Access Level = Service

User Id = 4268

Old Value = Disabled

New Value = Enabled

FIG. 49 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (SECURITY LOG)

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not VSD]

Variable Speed Drive

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Motor Run = Off

% Full Load Amps = 0 %

Pre-Rotation Vanes Position = 0 %

Full Load Amps = 402 A

Precharge Relay Output = Off

Trigger SCR Output = Off

Water Pump Output = Off

KW Hours = 14528 KWH

Input Power = 150 KW

Output Frequency = 0 Hz

Output Voltage = 800 V

DC Bus Voltage = 600 V

DC Inverter Link Current = 300 A

Phase A Output Current = 0 A

Phase B Output Current = 0 A

Phase C Output Current = 0 A

Internal Ambient Temperature = 88 ~F

Converter Heatsink Temperature = 102 ~F

Phase A Heatsink Temperature = 93 ~F

Phase B Heatsink Temperature = 99 ~F

Phase C Heatsink Temperature = 97 ~F

[Skip the following section if Motor Type is not VSD,

or Filter is not

present]

Harmonic Filter Data

--------------------------------------------------------------------------

Precharge Contactor = Off

Supply Contactor = Off

Operating Mode = Stopped

Phase Rotation = ABC

Total Supply KVA = 148 KVA

Total Power Factor = 0.97

DC Bus Voltage = 608 V

Heatsink Temperature = 102 ~F

Voltage Peak N-L1 = 200 V

Voltage Peak N-L2 = 200 V

Voltage Peak N-L3 = 200 V

L1-L2 RMS Voltage = 215 V

L2-L3 RMS Voltage = 215 V

L3-L1 RMS Voltage = 215 V

L1 RMS Filter Current = 150 A

L2 RMS Filter Current = 150 A

L3 RMS Filter Current = 150 A

L1 RMS Supply Current = 152 A

L2 RMS Supply Current = 152 A

L3 RMS Supply Current = 152 A

L1 Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion = 1.5 %

L2 Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion = 1.2 %

L3 Voltage Total Harmonic Distortion = 1.1 %

L1 Supply Current Total Demand Distortion = 2.6 %

L2 Supply Current Total Demand Distortion = 2.3 %

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

123

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FIG. 50 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT (TREND DATA NEW

OR EXISTING POINTS)

YORK TREND

CHILLER ID 163

Mon 09 Oct 2000 3:33:47 PM

Data 1: Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature

Data 2: Return Chilled Liquid Temperature

Data 3: Evaporator Pressure

Data 4: Leaving Condenser Liquid Temperature

Data 5: Return Condenser Liquid Temperature

Data 6: Condenser Pressure

Time Data 1 Data 2 Data 3 Data 4 Data 5 Data 6

3:33:47 PM45.5 °F55.0 °F 6.3 PSIA 95.0 °F 85.0 °F 1 8 . 7

PSIA

3:33:48 PM45.5 °F55.0 °F 6.3 PSIA 95.0 °F 85.0 °F 1 8 . 7

PSIA

3:33:49 PM45.5 °F55.0 °F 6.3 PSIA 95.0 °F 85.0 °F 1 8 . 7

PSIA

FIG. 51 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT

(CUSTOM SCREEN REPORT))

FIG. 52 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT

(ADAPTIVE CAPACITY CON TROL

NEW MAP POINT REPORT)

Log Time: Mon 12:45:39 PM 21 Jun 1999

D-P/P= 0.92; Prv Pos= 56; Freq= 39 Hz

Surge Type = Delta P/P Surge

Leaving Chilled Active Setpoint = 45.0 ~F

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature = 50.0 ~F

Return Chilled Liquid Temperature = 59.3 ~F

Leaving Condenser Liquid Temperature = 85.0 ~F

Return Condenser Liquid Temperature = 94.9 ~F

Evaporator Pressure = 7.2 Psia

Condenser Pressure = 13.8 Psia

% Full Load Amps = 94 %

D-P/P = 1.20; Prv Pos = 89; Freq = 58 Hz

D-P/P = 1.41; Prv Pos = 71; Freq = 46 Hz

D-P/P = 0.98; Prv Pos = 73; Freq = 52 Hz

D-P/P = 0.71; Prv Pos = 86; Freq = 39 Hz

D-P/P = 0.86; Prv Pos = 53; Freq = 48 Hz

D-P/P = 1.14; Prv Pos = 76; Freq = 51 Hz

D-P/P = 0.84; Prv Pos = 84; Freq = 37 Hz

D-P/P = 0.99; Prv Pos = 63; Freq = 46 Hz

FIG. 53 – SAMPLE PRINTOUT

(ADAPTIVE CAPACITY CONTROL EX IST ING

MAP POINTS REPORT)

YORK CUSTOM VIEW

CHILLER ID 0

Mon 21 Jun 1999 1:28:25 PM

Leaving Chilled Liquid Temperature = 45.0 ~F

Return Chilled Liquid Temperature = 55.0 ~F

Leaving Condenser Liquid Temperature = 95.0 ~F

Return Condenser Liquid Temperature = 85.0 ~F

Evaporator Saturation Temperature = 41.0 ~F

Condenser Saturation Temperature = 78.5 ~F

Evaporator Pressure = 17.0 Psid

Condenser Pressure = 64.0 Psid

Oil Pressure = 45.0 Psid

% Full Load Amps = 50 %

YORK INTERNATIONAL

124

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

START-UP PROCEDURE

Pre-Starting

Prior to starting the chiller ob serve the OptiView Con-

trol Center. Make sure the Display reads “SYS TEM

READY TO START”.

To pre-start the chiller use the fol low ing pro ce dure:

1. OIL HEAT ER - The oil heater must be en er gized

for 12 hours prior to starting the chiller. The unit will

not start if the oil is less than 71°F. If not pos si ble the

com pres sor oil should be drained and new oil must

be charged into the oil sump. (See “Oil Charg ing

Procedure”, page 129)

2. OIL PUMP - To check, press and release the “MAN-

U AL OIL PUMP” key under “Service” on the Con-

trol Center. The oil pump will run for 10 minutes and

shut down. Press and release the “MAN U AL OIL

PUMP” key to stop the op er a tion of the oil pump

for less than 10 minutes of op er a tion.

3. All Control Center setpoints should be pro grammed

before the chiller is started. Prior to start, the clock

must be pro grammed for the prop er day and time.

Any setpoints which are de sired to be changed may

be pro grammed. If not pro grammed the “de fault”

value setpoints are as follows:

SECTION 4

SYSTEM OPERATING PROCEDURES

OIL HEATERS

If the oil heater is de-energized dur-

ing a shut down pe ri od, it must be

energized for 12 hours prior to start-

ing compressor, or remove all oil

and re charge com pres sor with new

oil. (See “Oil Charging Pro ce dure”,

page 129.)

The oil heater is thermostatically

con trolled and remains energized as

long as the fused dis con nect switch

to the starter or Variable Speed Drive

is en er gized.

CHECKING THE OIL LEVEL

IN THE OIL RESERVOIR

Proper operating oil level – the middle of the upper

sight glass.

If the oil is excessively high after start-up, the ex cess

oil may be drained from the oil Þ lter drain valve while

the compressor is running.

If oil level is low, oil should be added to the com-

pres sor. (See “Oil Charging Pro ce dure”, page 129.)

Comply with EPA and Local reg u -

la tions when re mov ing or disposing

of Re frig er a tion System oil!

System Op er at ing Pro ce dures

LCWT = 45°F

% Cur rent Limit = 100% FLA

Pulldown Demand = None

Clock = Sun 12:00A.M.

Daily Schedule = None

Holiday = None

Remote Reset Temp. Range = 20°F

Data Logger = No Operation

Start-Up

1. If the chilled water pump is manually op er at ed,

start the pump. The Control Center will not allow

the chill er to start unless chilled liquid ß ow is es-

tab lished through the unit. (A Þ eld supplied chilled

wa ter ß ow switch is required.) If the chilled liquid

pump is wired to the OptiView Control Center the

pump will au to mat i cal ly start, therefore, this step is

not nec es sary.

2. To start the chiller, press the “COMPRESSOR

START” switch. This switch will au to mat i cal ly

spring return to the “RUN” position. (If the unit

was pre vi ous ly started press the “STOP/RE SET”

side of the “COMPRESSOR” switch and then press

the “START” side of the switch to start the chiller.)

When the start switch is en er gized the Control Cen ter

is placed in an op er at ing mode and any mal func tion

will be not ed by mes sag es on the OptiView Con trol

Center. (See Fig. 3)

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

125

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Any mal func tions which oc cur dur ing

“STOP/ RE SET” are also dis played.

When the chiller is shut down, the prerotation vanes

will close au to mat i cal ly to pre vent loading the com-

pres sor on start-up. When the chill er starts to op er ate,

the fol low ing au to mat ic sequences are ini ti at ed: (Re-

fer to Fig. 54 & 55, “Operation Sequence Tim ing

Diagram”.)

1. The OptiView Con trol Center display mes sage

will read “SYSTEM PRELUBE” for the Þ rst

30 sec onds of the start ing sequence. (3 min. if

Microboard Pro gram Switch SW1-3 is “ON”;

“OFF” = 30 sec onds.)

2. The com pres sor vent line solenoid valve will open

af ter the Þ rst 5 minutes of unit operation. The so-

le noid will close au to mat i cal ly after the com pres sor

shuts down.

3. The 1R-1 con tacts of the 1R start relay will remain

open for the Þ rst 30 seconds of oil pump operation.

These con tacts will close, start ing the com pres sor

motor and the con dens er water pump at the end of

the 30 sec ond period.

4. The chilled liq uid pump contacts will close, start ing

the chilled liquid pump to allow liquid ß ow through

the cooler when the “COM PRES SOR” start switch

is energized.

5. After the Þ rst 30 seconds of operation, the com-

pres sor will start and the Graphic Control Center

dis play mes sage will read “SYSTEM RUN”.

Chiller Operation

After the com pres sor reaches its operating speed the

prerotation vanes will begin to open under the con trol

of the micro processor board or the logic section of the

Variable Speed Drive which senses the leaving chilled

liq uid tem per a ture. The unit capacity will vary to main-

tain the leaving chilled liquid temperature setpoint. The

prerotation vanes are mod u lat ed by an actuator under

the control of the microprocessor board or logic sec tion

of the Variable Speed Drive. The vane control rou tine

em ploys pro por tion al plus derivative (rate) con trol ac-

tion. A drop in chilled liquid temperature will cause

the actuator to close the prerotation vanes (and also

de creas es the speed of the mo tor if equipped with a

Vari able Speed Drive) to de crease chill er capacity. When

the chilled liquid tem per a ture ris es, the actuator will open

the prerotation vanes and in crease the com pres sor mo tor

speed of the chiller (if controlled by the Variable Speed

Drive), to in crease the capacity of the unit.

However, the cur rent draw (amperes) by the com pres sor

motor can not ex ceed the set ting of the “% CUR RENT

LIMIT” at any time during the unit operation, since the

Graphic Control Cen ter 30 to 100% three phase peak

current limit software function, plus the 3 phase 100%

solid state overload cur rent limiter (CM-2) on Electro-

Mechanical Starter applications or the solid state starter

current limit function will override the tem per a ture con-

trol func tion (or the logic section of the Vari able Speed

Drive) and pre vent the prerotation vanes from open ing

beyond the “% CUR RENT LIM IT” setting.

If the load continues to de crease, after the prerotation

vanes are entirely closed, the chiller will be shut down

by the Low Water Tem per a ture con trol (LWT) func tion

which is displayed on the Con trol Cen ter as: “LEAV ING

CHILLED LIQUID – LOW TEM PER A TURE”.

This occurs when the leav ing water tem per a ture falls

to programmed shutdown setpoint or 36°F, which ev er

is higher.

If the temperature setpoint has been

re pro grammed within the last 10 min-

utes, the LWT cutout is 36°F for 10

minutes.

Condenser Water Tem per a ture Con trol

The YORK Millennium chiller is de signed to use

less pow er by tak ing ad van tage of lower than design

tem per a tures that are nat u ral ly produced by cooling

tow ers through out the op er at ing year. Exact control of

con dens er wa ter, such as a cooling tower bypass, is not

nec es sary for most in stal la tions. The chiller requires only

that the min i mum con dens er water temperature be no

low er than the val ue de ter mined by re fer ring to Fig. 56.

At start-up the en ter ing con dens er water tem per a ture may

be as much as 25°F cold er than the stand by return chilled

wa ter tem per a ture. Cooling tow er fan cy cling will nor-

mal ly pro vide ad e quate control of the en ter ing con dens er

wa ter tem per a ture on most in stal la tions.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

126

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

"SYSTEM SHUTDOWN"

DISPLAY

MESSAGE

"SYSTEM RUN"

"SYSTEM PRELUBE"

(OIL PUMP PRE-RUN)

"SYSTEM COASTDOWN"

(OIL PUMP POST-RUN)

0 25 30 330 1800

 (0.4) (0.5) (5.5) (30)

START

RESTART (IF

FIVE SUCCESSIVE

RESTARTS HAVE

NOT OCCURRED)

RESTART (ONLY

AFTER THE FIFTH

SUCCESSIVE RESTART)

TIME IN SECONDS (MINUTES)

ENERGIZE

(OPEN)

VENT 

SOLENOID

CHECK

OIL PRESS.

150 SEC.

(2.5 MIN.)

"SYSTEM SHUTDOWN"

DISPLAY

MESSAGE

"SYSTEM RUN"

"SYSTEM PRELUBE"

(OIL PUMP PRE-RUN)

"SYSTEM COASTDOWN"

(OIL PUMP POST-RUN)

0 25 30 330 1800

 (0.4) (0.5) (5.5) (30)

START

TIME IN SECONDS (MINUTES)

ENERGIZE

(OPEN)

VENT LINE

SOLENOID

CHECK

OIL PRESS.

150 SEC.

(2.5 MIN.)

RESTART

FIG. 54 – OPERATION SEQUENCE TIMING DIAGRAM

(ELECTRO-MECHANICAL AND SOLID STATE STARTER APPLICATIONS)

LD04643

System Op er at ing Pro ce dures

FIG. 55 – OPERATION SEQUENCE TIMING DIAGRAM

(COMPRESSOR MOTOR VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE APPLICATIONS)

LD04644

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

127

YORK INTERNATIONAL

CHECKING OP ER A TION

During operation, the fol low ing con di tions should be

periodically checked:

1. On start ing, the prerotation vanes should re main

closed.

2. Be sure the oil pump is operating while unit is run-

ning.

3. Check Oil Pressure display. A gradual de crease in

bearing oil pres sure of 5 to 10 PSI (with con stant

suc tion and discharge pres sures) may be an in di -

ca tion of a dirty Þ lter. The Þ lter should be replaced

when pres sure loss is 30% or more of the orig i nal

pres sure. The actual bearing oil pressure will vary

with com pres sor suction and discharge pres sures.

When a new sys tem is Þ rst operated under nor mal

full load conditions, the bearing oil pressure should

be re cord ed as a ref er ence point with which to com-

pare sub se quent read ings.

OPERATING LOG SHEET

A per ma nent daily record of system operating con di -

tions (tem per a tures and pres sures) recorded at regular

intervals throughout each 24 hour operating period

should be kept.

LD00466

FIG. 56 – MINIMUM ENTERING CONDENSING

WATER TEMPERATURE

FIG. 57 – LIQUID CHILLER LOG SHEETS

*NOTE: These items can be printed by an electronic printer connected to the Microboard

and pressing the PRINT key on the Keypad or automatically using the Data Logger feature.

LD00467 23889A

YORK INTERNATIONAL

128

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

System Op er at ing Pro ce dures

An optional sta tus printer is available for this purpose;

or, Fig. 48 shows a log sheet used by YORK personnel

for recording test data on chillers. It is avail able from

the factory in pads of 50 sheets each under Form No.

160.44-F6 and may be ob tained through the nearest

YORK ofÞ ce. Automatic data logging is possible by

con nect ing the optional printer and programming the

DATA LOG GER function.

An ac cu rate record of read ings serves as a valuable

ref er ence for op er at ing the system. Readings taken

when a system is newly in stalled will establish normal

con di tions with which to compare later readings.

For ex am ple, dirty condenser tubes may be indicated

by higher than normal tem per a ture differences be tween

leav ing con dens er water and refrigerant leaving the

condenser.

OPERATING INSPECTIONS

By following a regular in spec tion using the display read-

ings of the OptiView Control Cen ter, and main te nance

pro ce dure, the op er a tor will avoid se ri ous op er at ing dif-

Þ cul ty. The following list of in spec tions and pro ce dures

should be used as a guide.

Daily

1. Check OptiView Control Center dis plays.

2. If the compressor is in operation, check the bear-

ing oil pressure by pressing “OIL SUMP” key to

read the dis play on the Control Center. Also check

the oil level in the oil reservoir. Drain or add oil if

nec es sary.

3. Check entering and leaving con dens er water pres-

sure and tem per a tures for com par i son with job de-

sign con di tions. Condenser water tem per a tures can

be checked by press ing “CONDENSER” dis play

key.

4. Check the en ter ing and leaving chilled liquid tem-

per a tures and evaporator pressure for comparison

with job design conditions. This can be ac com plished

by press ing the “EVAPORATOR” key and the “RE-

FRIG ER ANT PRES SURES” key.

5. Check the condenser sat u ra tion temperature (based

upon condenser pres sure sensed by the con dens er

trans duc er). Press the “CONDENSER” key.

6. Check the com pres sor dis charge temperature. Press

“COMPRESSOR” key. During nor mal operation

dis charge tem per a ture should not ex ceed 220°F.

7. Check the com pres sor motor voltage and current

(amps) at E-M starter (or Variable Speed Drive), or

on the OptiView Control Cen ter motor display for

Sol id State Start er units.

8. Check for any signs of dirty or fouled con dens er

tubes. (The tem per a ture dif fer ence between water

leav ing con dens er and liquid re frig er ant leav ing the

con dens er should not ex ceed the difference re cord ed

for a new unit by more than 4°F.)

9. Verify proper water treatment.

10. If the chiller is con trolled by a YORK Variable Speed

Drive, check the op er at ing lights on the logic sec tion.

(Re fer to 160.00-O1)

11. Monitor Graphic Display for Warning Messages.

Weekly

1.Check the re frig er ant charge. (See “Checking the

Refrigerant Charge”, page 140)

Quarterly

1. Change the purge unit de hy dra tor at least quarterly,

or more of ten if required.

2. Clean purge foul gas strainer.

3. Perform chemical anal y sis of oil.

4. Clean water strainer on VSD (if equipped).

Semi-An nu al ly (or more of ten as re quired.)

1. Change and inspect com pres sor oil Þ lter el e ment.

2. Oil re turn system

a. Change dehydrator.

b. Check nozzle of eductor for foreign par ti cles.

3. Check con trols and safety cut outs.

4. Check level of coolant if equipped with SSS or

VSD.

Annually (more often if necessary.)

1. Drain and re place the oil in the com pres sor oil sump

(See “Oil Charging Procedure”, page 129).

2. Cooler and Condenser

a. Inspect and clean water strain ers.

b. Inspect and clean tubes as required.

c. Inspect end sheets.

d. Backß ush heat exchanger on VSD (if equipped).

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

129

YORK INTERNATIONAL

3. Compressor Drive Motor (See motor man u fac tur er’s

main te nance and service in struc tion sup plied with

unit)

a.Clean air passages and windings per

manufacturer’s in struc tions.

b. Meg motor wind ings - See Fig. 65 for de tails.

c. Relubricate ball bear ings.

Don’t over look motor drive end bear-

ing lo cat ed in mo tor support of F1, F2

com pres sors.

4. Purge unit.

a. Clean and in spect all valves.

b. Drain and ß ush purge shell.

c. Clean or i Þ c es.

5. Inspect and service elec tri cal com po nents as

necessary.

6. Perform chemical anal y sis of system.

Every Two Years

1. If unit is equipped with SSS or VSD, ß ush cool ing

circuit and replace with new coolant solution, YORK

Part # 013-02987-000.

NEED FOR PURGING THE SYSTEM

To assure sat is fac to ry operation, it is important that these

systems be kept free of moisture laden air and noncon-

densible gas es. Air in the system usually col lects in the

con dens er, blanketing some of the con dens ing surface,

causing the dis charge pressure and tem per a ture to rise,

re sult ing in high operating cost, and possibly surg ing, or

shut down of system by high pres sure cutout. Mois ture

in the system causes acid for ma tion which is de struc tive

to internal system parts.

A Turboguard purge unit is fur nished and mounted at the

rear of the system (See Fig. 58). The purpose of this unit

is to au to mat i cal ly remove the mixture of nonconden-

sible gases and re frig er ant from the top of the con dens er,

expel the noncondensibles to the at mo sphere and return

the re frig er ant to the system.

IMPORTANT!

The purge unit operates con tin u ous ly

when the system is in operation.

FIG. 58 – TURBOGUARD PURGE UNIT 27046A(D)

CHECK VALVE

FLOAT SWITCH ASS’Y.

PUMP

The Turboguard purge unit in cludes a display mes-

sage on the control center dis play. The message reads

“WARN ING – EXCESS PURGE” if an ex ces sive

air leak is present with in the chill er. The “WARN ING

RE SET” should be pushed with the OptiView Control

Cen ter in “SER VICE” mode to reset the display. Leak

check and cor rect the leak if the dis play continues to

show this mes sage.

NORMAL AND SAFE TY SYS TEM SHUTDOWNS

Normal and safety system shutdowns have been built

into the chiller to protect it from dam age during certain

op er at ing conditions. There fore, it should be un der stood

that at certain pres sures and tem per a tures the system will

be stopped au to mat i cal ly by controls that respond to high

tem per a tures, low tem per a tures, and low and high pres-

sures, etc. The “Display Messages” section is an ex pla -

na tion of each spe ciÞ c shut down. If the chiller shuts down

on a “Safe ty” shut down the cause is dis played.

STOPPING THE SYSTEM

The OptiView Control Cen ter can be pro grammed to start

and stop au to mat i cal ly (max i mum, once each day) when-

ev er desired. To stop the chill er pro ceed as fol lows:

1. Push the compressor switch to “STOP/RESET”. The

OptiView Control Center display will show “SYS-

TEM COASTDOWN” for 150 seconds (6 min. if

Microboard jumper JP36 removed). The com pres sor,

YORK INTERNATIONAL

130

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

System Op er at ing Pro ce dures

con dens er wa ter, and cool ing tower fans will stop

au to mat i cal ly. The oil pump will continue to run

for a pe ri od of 150 sec onds. The oil pump will then

stop au to mat i cal ly. Once stopped, the “SYS TEM

COASTDOWN” display will be re placed by “SYS-

TEM READY TO START”.

2. Stop the chilled water pump (if not wired into the

OptiView Control Center, in which case it will

shut off au to mat i cal ly si mul ta neous ly with the oil

pump.) (The actual water pump contact op er a tion is

de pen dent upon the po si tion of Microboard Program

Switch SW1-8.)

3. Open the switch to the cooling tower fan mo tors, if

used.

4. The com pres sor sump oil heat er (ther mo stat i cal ly

controlled) is en er gized when the unit is stopped.

PROLONGED SHUTDOWN

If the chiller is to be shut down for an extended period of

time (for example, over the winter season), the fol low ing

paragraphs outline the procedure to be fol lowed.

1. After the system pressure has risen above at mo -

spher ic, test all system joints for refrigerant leaks

with a leak detector. If equipment room is below

70°F, circulate hot water (not to exceed 100°F)

through the cooler tubes to raise the system pres-

sure. If any leaks are found, they should be repaired

before al low ing the system to stand for a long pe ri od

of time.

During long idle periods, the tightness of the sys tem

should be checked periodically.

2. If freezing temperatures are encountered while the

system is idle, carefully drain the cooling water from

the cooling tower, condenser, condenser pump, and

the chilled water system-chilled water pump and

coils. Open the drains on the cool er and con dens er

liq uid heads to assure com plete drain age. (If a Vari-

able Speed Drive, drain its water cool ing system. If

Sol id State Start er, drain water from start er cooling

loop. Isolate the Turboguard purge unit from the

main sys tem.)

3. Isolate the Turboguard purge unit from the main

sys tem.

4. Disable clock on SETUP Screen. This con serves the

bat tery.

5. Open the main dis con nect switches to the com pres sor

motor, con dens er water pump and the chilled water

pump. Open the 115 volt circuit to the Con trol Cen-

ter.

START UP AFTER PRO LONGED SHUT DOWN

1. When put ting the system into op er a tion after pro-

longed shut down (during the win ter), re move all

oil from the com pres sor. Install a new Þ lter element

and charge com pres sor with fresh oil. Re place purge

unit and oil re turn Þ lters. Enable clock on SETUP

Screen.

2. Operate the “OIL PUMP” (press and re lease the

man u al oil pump key) un til steady oil pressure is es-

tab lished. Then press and release the “OIL PUMP”

key to stop operation of the oil pump. If the water

sys tems were drained, Þ ll the con dens er water cir cuit

and chilled liquid circuit.

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

131

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Hz immersion type. A separate three phase pow er sup-

ply is required except when ordered with a YORK Solid

State Starter or Variable Speed Drive. A gravity ß ow oil

res er voir is pro vid ed to feed the bearings and gears dur-

ing coast down in the event of a power failure.

CAPACITY RE DUC TION - Prerotation vanes (PRV)

mod u late the unit capacity from 100% to 10% of de sign,

on normal air conditioning jobs. The prerotation vanes

are air foil-shaped and made of man ga nese bronze. An

external, electric PRV operator au to mat i cal ly con trols

the vane position through a sim ple, re li able link age.

SHAFT SEAL - The com pres sor drive shaft seal

con sists of a spring-loaded, pre ci sion lapped car bon

ring, high tem per a ture elastomer O-ring static seal, and

stress-re lieved, pre ci sion lapped cast iron collar. The

seal fea tures a small face area and low rub bing speed. It

pro vides an ef Þ cient seal under bothVacuum and pres-

sure conditions. The seal is oil-ß ooded at all times and

is pres sure-lu bri cat ed dur ing compressor op er a tion.

OPEN MO TOR - The 3600 RPM open motor is a

drip-proof, squir rel cage, induction type constructed

to YORK design speciÞ cations by na tion al ly-known

man u fac tur ers. Stan dard low voltage (208 through

600V-3Ph-60/50 Hz) motors are available for full-volt-

age (across-the-line) or re duced-voltage (solid state, star

delta or auto transformer) start ing. Standard high volt age

(2300 through 4160V-3Ph60/50 Hz) motors are avail able

for full-volt age (across-the-line) or reduced-volt age (pri-

ma ry re ac tor or auto trans form er) starting. Open close

cou pled motors are built with a cast iron adapter ß anged

be tween the motor and compressor. This unique de sign

allows the mo tor to be coupled to the com pres sor.

MOTOR TER MI NAL BOX - The casing is fab ri -

cat ed of heavy gauge steel. There are six terminals

(three for high volt age) in the terminal box. Provisions

are fur nished for 208 through 600 volts for three-lead

types of starting (solid state, across-the-line, and auto

trans form er). Mo tor terminal lugs are furnished with

the YORK Current Guard Starter and the Variable

Speed Drive mount ed in the pow er section. Over load/

overcurrent trans form ers (CTs) are fur nished as listed

below; in motor ter mi nal box, as fol lows:

CASING - The casing is ac ces si ble with ver ti cal cir cu lar

joints and fab ri cat ed of close-grain cast iron. The mo tor

as sem bly is com plete ly removable from the com pres sor

rotor and scroll assembly. Com pres sor cast ings are de-

signed for 15 PSIG working pres sure and hy dro stat i cal ly

pressure tested at 50 PSIG.

COMPRESSOR - The rotor assembly consists of a

heat treated alloy steel drive shaft (integral with pin ion

gear) and a light weight, high strength, fully shroud ed

cast alu mi num impeller. The impeller is designed for

bal anced thrust. The im pel ler is dy nam i cal ly bal anced

to in sure vi bra tion free op er a tion and is overspeed test ed

for safe ty.

BEARINGS - Insert type journal and thrust bearings

are fab ri cat ed of alu mi num alloy and are precision bored

and ax i al ly grooved.

INTERNAL GEARS - Single he li cal gears with

crowned teeth are em ployed so that more than one tooth

is in con tact at all times to pro vide even dis tri bu tion of

the compressor load with quiet operation. Gears are in te -

gral ly as sem bled in the compressor rotor sup port and are

oil Þ lm lu bri cat ed. Each gear is in di vid u al ly mount ed in

jour nal bearings with individual thrust bear ings to in sure

prop er bal ance of forces from the im pel ler and mo tor.

LUBRICATION SYS TEM - YORK lu bri cat ing oil

is force fed to all bear ings and Þ ltered by an ex ter -

nal ly mounted 15 mi cron replaceable car tridge oil

Þ lter equipped with service valves. An au to mat ic oil

re cov ery sys tem re turns oil to the com pres sor that has

mi grat ed into the re frig er ant system. Heat is re moved

from the oil by a re frig er ant-cooled oil cooler, located

in the evap o ra tor. All oil piping is completely factory-

in stalled and test ed. A thermostatically con trolled heater

is sup plied in the oil res er voir to limit the amount of

re frig er ant ab sorbed by the oil when the compressor is

not op er at ing.

Oil (under pressure) is supplied from the oil reservoir by

an internally-mounted sub mers ible oil pump. Oil Pump

motors are available in 208 through 600V-3Ph-60/50 Hz

to match the application and are supplied com plete with

starter and current sensing overloads for ex tra pro tec tion.

The oil reservoir heater is 1000 watts, 115V-1Ph-60/50

SECTION 5

SYSTEM COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION -

COMPRESSOR / MOTOR ASSEMBLY

YORK INTERNATIONAL

132

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

FIG. 59 – SCHEMATIC DRAWING – (YT) COM PRES SOR LUBRICATION SYSTEM LD03278

System Components De scrip tion

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

133

YORK INTERNATIONAL

Application #CT’s Furnished in Motor Ter mi nal Box

E-M Starter 3

SS Starter 0

VS Drive 0

COMPRESSOR LUBRICATION SYSTEM

The chiller lubrication system consists of the oil pump,

oil Þ l ter, oil cooler and all interconnecting oil pip ing

and passages. (See Fig. 59) There are seven main points

with in the motor-compressor which must be sup plied

with forced lubrication as follows:

1. Compressor Drive Shaft (Low Speed)

a. Shaft seal.

b. Front and rear journal bearings - one on each

side of driving gear.

c. Low speed thrust bearing (for ward and re verse).

2. Compressor Driven Shaft (High Speed)

a. Forward and reverse high speed thrust bear ing.

b. Three jour nal bearings (YDTJ67 through 95 and

YDTL108 through 126). Two journal bearings

(YDTL131 and 144).

3. Speed Increasing Gears

a. Meshing sur fac es of drive and pinion gear teeth.

To pro vide the re quired amount of oil under the nec-

es sary pressure to properly lu bri cate these parts, a motor

driv en sub mers ible oil pump is lo cat ed in a re mote oil

sump.

Upon press ing of the “COM PRES SOR START”

switch on the con trol cen ter, the oil pump is im me -

di ate ly en er gized. After a 30 sec ond delay to allow the

system oil pressure to sta bi lize, the compressor motor

will start. The oil pump will continue to run during the

entire op er a tion of the compressor, and for 150 sec onds

during compressor coastdown.

The sub merged oil pump takes suction from the sur-

round ing oil and dis charg es it to the oil cooler where heat

is rejected. The oil ß ows from the oil cooler to the oil

Þ lter. The oil leaves the Þ lter and ß ows to the emer gen cy

oil res er voir where it is dis trib ut ed to the com pres sor

bear ings. The oil lu bri cates the com pres sor ro tat ing

com po nents and is re turned to the oil sump.

Since the emer gen cy oil res er voir is at the high est point

in the lu bri ca tion sys tem, it provides an oil supply to

the var i ous bear ings and gears in the event of a sys tem

shutdown due to power failure. The reservoir, lo cat ed on

the top of the compressor, al lows the oil to be dis trib ut ed

through the pas sag es by grav i ty ß ow, thus pro vid ing nec-

essary lu bri ca tion dur ing the com pres sor coastdown.

OIL PUMP

For normal operation the oil pump should operate at

all times dur ing the chiller operation. Man u al pump

op er a tion may be used to es tab lish sta ble oil pres-

sure be fore start ing. When de pressed and re leased,

the “MAN U AL OIL PUMP” key will operate the oil

pump for 10 min utes and then au to mat i cal ly shut off.

To stop the oil pump sooner, de press the “MAN U AL

OIL PUMP” key again.

On shutdown of the sys tem for any reason, the oil pump

op er ates and con tin ues to run for 150 sec onds. The sys-

tem can not restart during that time in ter val.

OIL HEAT ER

During long idle pe ri ods, the oil in the com pres sor oil

res er voir tends to absorb as much re frig er ant as it can

hold, de pend ing upon the tem per a ture of the oil and

the pressure in the reservoir. As the oil tem per a ture is

low ered, the amount of re frig er ant ab sorbed will be in-

creased. If the quantity of re frig er ant in the oil be comes

excessive, vi o lent oil foaming will result as the pressure

within the sys tem is low ered on start ing. This foaming is

caused by re frig er ant boil ing out of the oil as the pres sure

is lowered. If this foam reaches the oil pump suc tion,

the bearing oil pres sure will ß uc tu ate with pos si ble

tem po rary loss of lu bri ca tion, caus ing the oil pres sure

safe ty cutout to actuate and stop the system.

SHELLS - The cooler and con dens er shells are rolled

carbon steel plate with fu sion welded seams. A thick tube

sheet is welded to each end of the shell and is drilled

and reamed to ac com mo date the tubes. All shells have

a design work ing pres sure of 15 PSIG and are pres sure-

tested at 30 PSIG.

TUBES - In di vid u al ly-re place able, 3/4" O.D., in te gral-

Þ nned copper heat ex chang er tubes are used in the cool er

and con dens er. The tubes are roller-ex pand ed into the

tube sheets, pro vid ing a leak-proof seal.

COMPACT WATER BOXES - Re mov able water

box es are fabricated of steel. The stan dard design

work ing pres sure is 150 PSIG and the box es are tested

at 225 PSIG. Integral steel water bafß es are lo cat ed and

weld ed with in the water box to provide re quired 1, 2,

or 3-pass arrangements. Water nozzle con nec tions with

YORK INTERNATIONAL

134

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

System Components De scrip tion

Victaulic grooves are welded to the water boxes. These

nozzle connections are suit able for Victaulic cou plings,

weld ing or ß anges (300 PSI has ß ang es). 1/2" cou pling

and separable well are lo cat ed in the entering and leav ing

chilled liquid nozzles for tem per a ture sensing el e ments.

Plugged 1/2" or 3/4" drain and vent connections are

pro vid ed in each water box.

COOLER - The cooler is a hor i zon tal, ß ooded, shell-

and-tube type, with a dis tri bu tion system consisting

of a distributor trough to give uniform distribution

through out the shell length and a perforated distributor

plate, lo cat ed under the entire tube bundle, to equally

dis trib ute re frig er ant. Intermediate steel tube supports

are spaced at intervals of less than four feet. High ly ef-

Þ cient, alu mi num mesh eliminators are lo cat ed above

the tube bun dle to prevent liquid refrigerant carryover

into the compressor.

A liquid level sight glass is con ve nient ly located on the

side of the cooler to aid in de ter min ing proper re frig -

er ant charge.

CONDENSER - The con dens er is a hor i zon tal, shell-

and-tube type, with a dis charge gas bafß e to prevent di-

rect high ve loc i ty im pinge ment on the tubes. This baf ß e

is also used to dis trib ute the refrigerant gas ß ow prop er ly

for most ef Þ cient heat transfer. A purge con nec tion is

located in the con dens er for ef Þ cient elim i na tion of

noncondensibles. Intermediate steel tube sup ports are

spaced at in ter vals of less than four feet.

REFRIGERANT FLOW CON TROL - The ß ow con-

trol chamber is welded to the bottom of the con dens er to

allow complete drain age of liquid refrigerant from the

condenser. The chamber con tains a single Þ xed-oriÞ ce

ß ow control with no moving parts.

BURSTING DISC - A 2" or 3" frangible carbon burst-

ing disc relief device is located in the compressor suc-

tion line.

SOLID STATE STARTER (OP TION AL)

The Solid State Starter is a re duced-voltage liquid cooled

starter that controls and maintains a constant current

ß ow to the motor during start-up. The starter is mount ed

on the chiller. The power wiring from the start er to the

mo tor and from the starter control trans form er to the

Control Center is fac to ry wired and test ed. Available

for 200-600V-3Ph-60/50 Hz power; 2 or 3 barrel lug

connections per phase are provided on the starter. The

starter en clo sure is NEMA Type1 and is provided with

a hinged door with lock and key.

VARIABLE SPEED DRIVE (OPTIONAL)

A 460V-3ph-60/50 Hz Variable Speed Drive can be fac-

to ry pack aged with the chiller. It is de signed to vary the

compressor motor speed and prerotation vane position

by con trol ling the fre quen cy and voltage of the elec tri cal

pow er to the motor. Op er a tion al information is con tained

in Form 160.00-O1. The con trol log ic au to mat i cal ly

ad justs mo tor speed and com pres sor prerotation vane

po si tion for max i mum part load efÞ ciency by an a lyz ing

in for ma tion fed to it by sen sors located through out the

chiller.

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

135

YORK INTERNATIONAL

SECTION 6

OPERATIONAL MAINTENANCE

OIL RETURN SYSTEM

OIL RETURN

The oil return system con tin u ous ly main tains the prop er

oil level in the compressor oil sump. (See Fig. 57.)

High pressure condenser gas ß ows con tin u ous ly through

the eductor inducing the low pressure, oil rich liquid to

ß ow from the evaporator, through the de hy dra tor to the

com pres sor sump.

CHANGING THE DE HY DRA TOR

To change the de hy dra tor use the following proce-

dure:

1. Shut the stop valves on the condenser gas line, oil

re turn line to rotor sup port and inlet end of de hy -

dra tor.

2. Remove the de hy dra tor as follows: Refer to Fig.

58.

a. Remove connection on the inlet end of de hy -

dra tor.

b. Place wrench es on the dehydrator outlet and in let

ends and the ß are nut. Loosen the ß are nut and

unscrew the de hy dra tor.

3. Assemble the new Þ lter-drier as follows:

a. Place the outlet and inlet ends of the dehydrator

be tween the ß are nuts.

b. Tighten the ß are nuts.

4. Open condenser stop valve and check de hy dra tor

connections for refrigerant leaks.

5. Open all the de hy dra tor stop valves to allow the liq-

uid re frig er ant to ß ow through the de hy dra tor and

con dens er-gas through the eductor.

FIG. 60 – OIL RETURN SYSTEM

LD00469 22621A(D)

YORK INTERNATIONAL

136

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

Operational Maintenance

LD00470

FIG. 61 – ASSEMBLY OF DEHYDRATOR

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

137

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FIG. 62 – CHARGING OIL RESERVOIR WITH OIL

25721A

OIL CHARG ING VALVE LD00472

at the charg ing valve until after the air is forced out

by pumping a few strokes of the oil pump. This Þ lls

the lines with oil and pre vents air from being pumped

into the sys tem.

3. Open the oil charging valve and pump oil into the

sys tem until oil level in the com pres sor oil res er voir

is about midway in the upper sight glass. Then,

close the charg ing valve and dis con nect the hand

oil pump.

4. As soon as oil charg ing is com plete, close the pow er

sup ply to the starter or Variable Speed Drive to en-

er gize the oil heater. This will keep the con cen tra tion

of re frig er ant in the oil to a minimum.

When the oil res er voir is initially charged with oil, the

oil pump should man u al ly be start ed to Þ ll the lines,

pas sag es, oil cooler and oil Þ lter. This will low er the

oil level in the res er voir. It will then be nec es sary to

add oil to bring the level back to the center of the upper

sight glass.

The nominal oil charge for the com pres sor is: 10 gal. “B”

and “C” com pres sor; 15 gal. “E” and “F’ com pres sor.

New oil YORK Refrigeration Type “C” must be used in

the centrifugal compressor. Since oil absorbs mois ture

when ex posed to the atmosphere it should be kept tight ly

capped until used.

OIL CHARG ING PRO CE DURE

The oil should be charged into the oil res er voir using the

YORK Oil Charging Pump - YORK Part No. 070-10654.

To charge oil into the oil res er voir pro ceed as follows:

1. The unit should be shut down.

If charg ing oil to restore the cor rect

lev el, the unit may be kept in op-

er a tion.

2. Immerse the suc tion con nec tion of the oil charg ing

pump in a clean con tain er of new oil and con nect

the pump dis charge con nec tion to the oil charg ing

valve (A) lo cat ed on the remote oil reservoir cover

plate. (See Fig. 62). Do not tight en the connection

CHARGING THE UNIT WITH OIL

YORK INTERNATIONAL

138

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

Troubleshooting

SECTION 7

TROUBLE SHOOTING

TABLE 1 – CAUSES OF NOR MAL AND SAFE TY SYS TEM SHUT DOWNS IN AC COR DANCE WITH THE

CONTROL CENTER DISPLAY

CONTROL CENTER DISPLAY GOVERNING CONTROL FUNCTION

DAY OF TIME CAUSE OF METHOD OF DESCRIPTION OPERATING POINT

WEEK OF DAY SHUTDOWN RESTART ON RISE ON FALL

MON. 10:00 AM Low Water Autostart Low Water (LWT) Chilled water 4°F below chilled

Temperature setpoint water setpoint

MON. 10:00 AM Low Water Autostart Low Water (LWT) Chilled water 4°F below chilled

Temperature VSD setpoint water setpoint

MON. 10:00 AM Flow Switch Autostart Flow Switch

MON. 10:00 AM System Cycling Autostart A remote command

(computer relay contact or

manual switch)

MON. 10:00 AM Multi-Unit Cycling Autostart (Optional)

Lead-Lag Sequence Control

MON. 10:00 AM Internal Clock Autostart Internal Clock

MON. 10:00 AM AC Undervoltage Autostart <15% FLA for 25

continuous seconds

MON. 10:00 AM Power Fault Autostart CM-2 Current Module or

Solid State Starter

Remote Stop Energy Management System

MON. Anti-Recycle, Anti-Recycle

20 Min. Left Timer

MON. 10:00 AM Low Evap. Press. Low Evap. Pressure 5.43 PSIA 5.42 PSIA

Transducer (LEP)

MON. 10:00 AM Low Evap. Press. LEP external control Set to Job Spec. Set to Job Spec.

Brine (Brine units only)

MON. 10:00 AM Low Oil Low Oil Press. Transducer (OP) 20 PSID 15 PSID

Pressure High Oil Press. Transducer (OP)

MON. 10:00 AM High Pressure High Pressure 15 PSIG 9 PSIG

Safety Control (HP)

MON. 10:00 AM Evap. Transducer Evap. Pressure Transducer

or Probe Error or Leaving Chilled Water

Thermistor (RS1)

MON. 10:00 AM Motor Controller - CM-2 or Solid State Starter or

Ext. Reset Variable Speed Drive

MON. 10:00 AM High Discharge Discharge Temperature 220°F 219°F

Temperature Thermistor (RT2)

MON. 10:00 AM High Oil Oil Temperature 180°F 179°F

Temperature Thermistor (RT3)

MON. 10:00 AM Power Autostart Microboard undervoltage 8.29VDC 7.84VDC

Failure circuit on 5V unregulated

supply

MON. 10:00 AM Power Microboard undervoltage 8.29VDC 7.84VDC

Failure circuit on 5V unregulated

supply

SHUTDOWN CAUSE

CONTROL CENTER DISPLAY

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

139

YORK INTERNATIONAL

TABLE 1 – CAUSES OF NOR MAL AND SAFE TY SYS TEM SHUT DOWNS IN AC COR DANCE WITH THE

CONTROL CENTER DISPLAY - CONTINUED

PROGRAMMED START-UP OF PROBABLE CAUSE

SETPOINTS SYSTEM AFTER AND SERVICE

BY OPERATOR SHUTDOWN REQUIRED

4°F below chilled water Automatic Restart when water reaches setpoint. System load is less than minimum capacity.

setpoint (If set to 40°F would If system is running and setpoint is increased

be 36°F.) (36°F minimum) 4°F, system will continue to run, as LWT cutout

shifts to a fixed 36°F for 10 minutes.

4°F below chilled water If system is running and setpoint is increased System load is less than minimum capacity.

setpoint (If set to 40°F would 4°, VSD will Initiate Shutdown. Automatic Restart

be 36°F.) (36°F minimum) when water temperature reaches setpoint.

Automatic Restart when water flow is restored to Lack of water flow.

close flow switch. Check operation of chilled water pump.

Automatic Restart upon remote command. Contact - connected to the Remote/Local

cycling input of the Digital Input Board.

Automatic Restart upon remote command. Contact - connected to the Multi-Unit

cycling input of the Digital Input Board.

Daily Schedule programmed Will automatically restart when programmed Pressing Compressor Start Switch

to shut down unit. schedule permits. overrides the program.

Cycling shutdown occurs when motor current is

>15% FLA for 25 seconds during chiller operation.

Will start automatically following coastdown. Motor Controller contacts opening and closing in less

than 3 seconds due to a power fault condition.

Start up by start signal from remote start switch. Remote Stop Contact Closure.

Will not start until 30 minute Will restart when time left = 00 minutes. Minimum time between successive compressor

timer is timed out. starts is 30 minutes.

To restart, press compressor switch from See OPERATING ANALYSIS, Table 2

STOP/RESET to START position. Symptom 2.

To restart, press compressor switch from See OPERATING ANALYSIS, Table 2

STOP/RESET to START position. Symptom 2.

Will restart when pressure increases to 20 PSID. See OPERATING ANALYSIS, Table 2

To restart, press compressor switch from Symptom 4, 5, 6, 7, 9, 10, 11.

STOP/RESET to START position.

Will restart when pressure falls to 9 PSIG. See OPERATING ANALYSIS, Table 2

To restart, press compressor switch from Symptom 1 - High Discharge Pressure.

STOP/RESET to START position.

To restart, press compressor switch from Defective Evap. Pressure Transducer or Leaving

STOP/RESET to START position. Chiller Water thermistor (RS1). LCWT minus

saturation temp. is less than -2.5°F or greater than

25°F. Checked every 10 minutes following a 10-min.

bypass at start-up.

Reset the device that caused the shutdown. CM-2 or Solid State Starter or Variable Speed

Chiller will start automatically. Drive has shut down chiller.

To restart, press compressor switch from Condenser tubes dirty or scaled or high condenser

STOP/RESET to START position. water temperature. See Symptom 1, Table 2.

To restart, press compressor switch from Dirty oil filter or restricted oil cooler line. Change oil

STOP/RESET to START position. filter. See Symptom 9, Table 2.

Optional AUTO Restart Plug Will restart automatically when voltage reaches Power Failure.

is installed on Microboard. 8.29VDC. An undervoltage circuit on Microboard

monitors the 5VDC unregulated supply for an

undervoltage condition.

Auto restart plug is removed To restart, press compressor switch to STOP/ Power Failure.

on Microboard. RESET position and then to START position.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

140

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

TABLE 1 – CAUSES OF NOR MAL AND SAFE TY SYS TEM SHUT DOWNS IN AC COR DANCE WITH THE

CONTROL CENTER DISPLAY - CONTINUED

SHUTDOWN CAUSE CON TROL CENTER DISPLAY GOVERNING CONTROL FUNCTION

DAY OF TIME CAUSE OF METHOD OF DESCRIPTION OPERATING POINT

WEEK OF DAY SHUTDOWN RESTART ON RISE ON FALL

MON. 10:00 AM Oil Pressure High Oil Pressure 60 PSID 59 PSID

Transducer Error Transducer or Low

Oil Pressure Transducer

Vane Motor Autostart Vane Motor Switch

Switch Open

MON. 10:00 AM Starter Motor Current >15% for 10

Malfunction seconds with Control Center

Detected not calling for motor to run.

MON. 10:00 AM Program Initiated Autostart Microboard

Reset

Replace RTC-IC RTC-IC Chip

Chip Reprogram

Setpoints

MON. 10:00 AM Low Oil Autostart Oil Temperature 71.0°F 55°F

Temperature Thermistor (RT3)

MON. 10:00 AM Faulty Discharge Discharge Temp. Thermistor 30.0°F 29.9°F

Temperature (RT2) disconnected or faulty

Sensor (min. system operating

temp. = 32°F)

MON. 10:00 AM Low Line Voltage SSS Logic Board See legend on

(SSS units only) wiring diagram.

MON. 10:00 AM Motor Phase SSS Logic Board See Section 2.

Current Unbalance

(SSS units only)

Troubleshooting

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

141

YORK INTERNATIONAL

TABLE 1 – CAUSES OF NOR MAL AND SAFE TY SYS TEM SHUT DOWNS IN AC COR DANCE WITH THE

CONTROL CENTER DISPLAY - CONTINUED

PROGRAMMED START-UP OF PROBABLE CAUSE

SETPOINTS SYSTEM AFTER AND SERVICE

BY OPERATOR SHUTDOWN REQUIRED

Will start at 59 PSID when compressor switch is This Shutdown is provided to check on Oil pressure

placed to STOP/RESET and then START. Transducers for failure in the high state. Replace Oil

Pressure Transducer in oil sump or compressor.

Restart automatically after Vane Motor arm linkage Vanes are set improperly. Reset vane linkage, check

is set properly. Press STOP/RESET and then vane positions using the Service key switch and proper

START switch. keys on the OptiView Control Center or switch

of capacity board of Variable Speed Drive.

Press compressor STOP/RESET switch and then Check motor starter operation. Motor current value

START switch. greater than 15%.

Watchdog timer circuit has reset software program.

Chiller will automatically restart.

Reprogram the Control Center Setpoints and Weak Battery.

proceed with Normal Start-up. Replace RTC-IC chip U16.

Press STOP/RESET switch and then START Oil Temperature Thermistor disconnected from Analog

switch. Input Board. Reconnect or replace open sensor.

Press STOP/START switch and then START Faulty Discharge Temperature Thermistor (RT2) or

switch. disconnected from Analog Input Board. Connect or

replace open sensor.

Chiller will automatically restart when all phases of line Low AC Line Voltage

voltage increase to the minimum required starting level.

Press STOP/RESET switch and then START Motor Phase Current Unbalance

switch.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

142

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

Troubleshooting

TABLE 2 – OPERATING ANALYSIS CHART

RESULTS POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY

1. SYMP TOM: ABNORMALLY HIGH DIS CHARGE PRESSURE

Temperature difference between liquid Air in condenser. Purge unit operates automatically to take

refrigerant out and water off condenser care of this condition. Test for air leaks if

higher than normal. display reads:

“WARNING – EXCESS PURGE”

High dis charge pressure. Condenser tubes dirty or scaled. Clean condenser tubes.

Check wa ter con di tion ing.

High con dens er water temperature. Reduce con dens er water inlet tem per a ture.

(Check cooling tow er and water cir cu la tion.)

Temperature dif fer ence be tween con- Insufficient con dens ing water flow. Increase the quantity of wa ter through the

denser water on and water off higher condenser to proper value.

than normal, with normal cooler pressure.

2. SYMP TOM: ABNORMALLY LOW SUC TION PRESSURE

Temperature dif fer ence between leav ing Insufficient charge of refrigerant. Check for leaks and charge re frig er ant into

chilled water and refrigerant in cooler system.

greater than normal with high discharge

temperature. Flow orifice blocked. Remove obstruction.

Temperature dif fer ence be tween leav ing Cooler tubes dirty or restricted. Clean cooler tubes.

chilled water and re frig er ant in the cooler

greater than normal with normal dis charge

temperature.

Temperature of chilled water too low with Insufficient load for system capacity. Check prerotation vane motor operation

low motor amperes. and setting of low water temperature cutout.

3. SYMP TOM: HIGH COOL ER PRES SURE

High chilled water tem per a ture. Prerotation vanes fail to open. Check the prerotation vane motor

positioning circuit.

System over load ed. Be sure the vanes are wide open

(without overloading the motor) until the

load decreases.

4. SYMP TOM: NO OIL PRES SURE WHEN SYSTEM START BUTTON PUSHED

Low oil pres sure dis played on control Oil pump run ning in wrong direction. Check ro ta tion of oil pump.

center; compressor will not start. (Electrical Connections)

Oil pump not running. Check electrical connections to oil pump

and press manual reset on oil pump starter

(on condenser shell in front of purge unit).

5. SYMPTOM: COM PRES SOR STARTS, NORMAL OIL PRESSURE DE VEL OPS, FLUCTUATES FOR SHORT WHILE, THEN

COMPRESSOR STOPS ON OIL PRES SURE CUTOUT

Oil pressure normal, fluctuates, then com- Unusual starting conditions exist, i.e., oil Drain the oil from the compressor and

pressor stops on Oil Pressure Cutout. foaming in reservoir and piping due to charge new oil into the compressor. (See

Display reading: “LOW OIL PRESSURE” lowered system pressure. “Oil Charging Procedure”, page 129.)

Burned out oil heater. Replace oil heater.

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

143

YORK INTERNATIONAL

RESULTS POSSIBLE CAUSE REMEDY

6. SYMP TOM: UNUSUALLY HIGH OIL PRESSURE DEVELOPS WHEN OIL PUMP RUNS

Unusually high oil pressure is displayed High oil pressure. Transducer defective. Replace low or high oil pressure trans duc er.

when the oil pressure display key is Relief valve is misadjusted. Adjust external relief valve.

pressed when the oil pump is running.

7. SYMP TOM: OIL PUMP VIBRATES OR IS NOISY

Oil pump vibrates or is extremely noisy Misalignment of pump or piping. Correct condition or replace faulty part.

with some oil pressure when pressing Mounting bolts loose.

“Oil Pressure” display key. Bent shaft.

Worn pump parts.

NOTE: When oil pump is run without Oil not reaching pump suction inlet in Check oil supply and oil piping.

an oil supply it will vibrate and sufficient quantity.

become extremely noisy.

8. SYMP TOM: OIL PRES SURE GRADUALLY DECREASES (NOTED BY OBSERVATION OF DAILY LOG SHEETS)

Oil pressure (noted when pressing “Oil Oil filter is dirty. Change oil filter.

Pressure” display key) drops to 70% of

oil pressure when compressor was Extreme bearing wear. Inspect compressor.

originally started.

9. SYMP TOM: OIL RETURN SYSTEM CEASES TO RETURN AN OIL/REFRIGERANT SAMPLE

Oil refrigerant return not functioning. Filter-drier in oil return system dirty. Replace oil filter-drier with new.

Jet or orifice of oil return jet clogged. Remove jet, inspect for dirt.

Remove dirt using solvent and replace.

10. SYMPTOM: OIL PUMP FAILS TO DELIVER OIL PRESSURE

No oil pressure registers when pressing Faulty oil pressure transducer. Replace oil pressure transducer.

“Oil Pressure” display key when oil pump Faulty writing/connectors.

runs.

11. SYMPTOM: REDUCED OIL PUMP CAPACITY

Oil pump pumping capacity low. Excessive end clearance in pump. Inspect and replace worn parts.

Other worn pump parts.

Partially blocked oil supply inlet. Check oil inlet for blockage.

12. SYMPTOM: IMPROPER PURGE UNIT OPERATION

Purge unit not purging and air is 1. Faulty float switch assembly. Check these components and replace

present in the unit. 2. Faulty three-way oil solenoid valve. where necessary.

3. Faulty exhaust solenoid valve.

4. Faulty pressure transducer.

Purge unit purging air and refrigerant 1. Faulty exhaust solenoid valve. Restore refrigerant liquid cooling supply.

2. Faulty pressure transducer.

3. Lack of cooling.

TABLE 2 – OPERATING ANALYSIS CHART - CONTINUED

YORK INTERNATIONAL

144

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

Maintenance

SECTION 8

MAINTENANCE

RENEWAL PARTS

For any required Renewal Parts re fer to Forms listed on page 4.

LEAK TEST ING DUR ING OP ER A TION

The refrigerant side of the sys tem is care ful ly pressure

test ed and evac u at ed at the factory.

After the system is in op er a tion under load, the high

pressure components should be carefully leak test ed

with a leak detector to be sure all joints are tight. If a

leak exists frequent purg ing will be required or re frig -

er ant will be lost.

If any leaks are indicated, they must be repaired im-

me di ate ly. Usu al ly, leaks can be stopped by tight en ing

ß are nuts or ß ange bolts. However, if it is nec es sary to

re pair a weld ed joint, the refrigerant charge must be

re moved (See “Han dling Refrigerant for Dis man tling

and Re pairs”, page 140).

CONDUCTING PRES SURE TEST

With the refrigerant charge removed and all known

leaks repaired, the system should be charged with a

small amount of R-22 mixed with dry ni tro gen so that

a ha lide torch or elec tron ic leak de tec tor can be used to

detect any leaks too small to be found by the soap test.

Do not use ex ces sive amounts of R-22; use only enough

for proper leak detection.

To test with R-22, proceed as fol lows:

1. With no pres sure in the sys tem, charge R-22 gas into

the system through the charg ing valve to a pres sure

of 2 PSIG.

2. Build up the system pressure with dry nitrogen to

ap prox i mate ly 10 PSIG. To be sure that the con-

cen tra tion of refrigerant has reached all parts of the

sys tem, slight ly open the oil charging valve and test

for the pres ence of refrigerant with a leak detector.

3. Test around each joint and factory weld. It is im por -

tant that this test by thoroughly and carefully done,

spending as much time as necessary and using a good

leak detector.

4. To check for re frig er ant leaks in the cooler and con-

dens er, open the vents in the cooler and condenser

heads and test for the presence of re frig er ant. If

no refrigerant is present, the tubes and tube sheets

may be con sid ered tight. If re frig er ant is de tect ed

at the vents, the heads must be removed, the leak

lo cat ed (by means of soap test or leak de tec tor) and

re paired.

5. When absolute tight ness of the sys tem has been es-

tab lished, blow the mixture of ni tro gen and re frig -

er ant through the charg ing valve.

CHECKING SYSTEM FOR LEAKS

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

145

YORK INTERNATIONAL

*GAUGE ABSOLUTE

INCHES OF MERCURY (HG) PSIA MILLIMETERS OF MICRONS

BELOW ONE STANDARD ATMOSPHERE MERCURY (HG)

0 14.696 760 760,000 212

10.24* 9.629 500 500,000 192

22.05* 3.865 200 200,000 151

25.98* 1.935 100 100,000 124

27.95* .968 50 50,000 101

28.94* .481 25 25,000 78

29.53* .192 10 10,000 52

29.67* .122 6.3 6,300 40

29.72* .099 5 5,000 35 WATER

29.842* .039 2 2,000 15 FREEZES

29.882* .019 1.0 1,000 +1

29.901* .010 .5 500 -11

29.917* .002 .1 100 -38

29.919* .001 .05 50 -50

29.9206* .0002 .01 10 -70

29.921* 0 0 0

* One standard atmosphere = 14.696 PSIA NOTES: PSIG = Lbs. per sq. in. gauge pressure

= 760 mm Hg. absolute pressure at 32°F = Pressure above atmospheric

= 29.921 inches Hg. absolute at 32°F PSIA = Lbs. per sq. in. absolute pressure

= Sum of gauge plus at mo spher ic pressure

TABLE 3 – SYSTEM PRESSURES

FIG. 63 – EVACUATION OF CHILLER

LD00473

BOILING

TEMPERATURES

OF WATER °F

YORK INTERNATIONAL

146

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

Maintenance

EVACUATION AND DEHYDRATION OF UNIT

VACUUM TESTING

After the pressure test has been completed theVacuum

test should be conducted as follows:

1. Connect a high ca pac i tyVacuum pump, with in di -

ca tor, to the sys tem charg ing valve as shown in

Fig. 63 and start the pump (see “Vacuum De hy -

dra tion”).

2. Open wide all sys tem valves, in clud ing the purge and

gauge valves. Be sure all valves to the at mo sphere

are closed.

3. Operate theVacuum pump in accordance with “Vac-

u um Dehydration” until a wet bulb tem per a ture of

+32°F or a pressure of 5mm Hg. is reached. See Table

3 for cor re spond ing values of pres sure.

4. To im prove evac u a tion circulate hot water (not to

exceed 125°F) through the cooler and condenser

tubes to thor ough ly de hy drate the shells. If a source

of hot water is not readily avail able, a portable

wa ter heat er should be employed. DO NOT USE

STEAM. A sug gest ed meth od is to connect a hose

between the source of hot water under pressure and

the cool er head drain con nec tion, out the cooler vent

con nec tion, into the con dens er head drain and out the

con dens er vent. To avoid the pos si bil i ty of caus ing

leaks, the tem per a ture should be brought up slow ly

so that the tubes and shell are heated evenly. Close

the sys tem charg ing valve and the stop valve be tween

theVacuum indicator and theVacuum pump. (See Fig.

63) Then disconnect theVacuum pump leav ing the-

Vacuum indicator in place.

5. Hold theVacuum ob tained in Step 3 in the sys tem for

8 hours; the slightest rise in pressure in di cates a leak

or the pres ence of moisture, or both. If, after 8 hours

the wet bulb tem per a ture in theVacuum in di ca tor has

not risen above 40°F or a pres sure of 6.3mm Hg, the

sys tem may be con sid ered tight.

Be sure theVacuum indicator is valved

off while holding the systemVacuum

and be sure to open the valve be tween

theVacuum in di ca tor and the system

when check ing theVacuum af ter the 8

hour period.

6. If theVacuum does not hold for 8 hours within the

limits spec i Þ ed in Step 5 above, the leak must be

found and repaired.

VACUUM DEHYDRATION

To ob tain a sufÞ ciently dry system, the following in-

struc tions have been as sem bled to provide an ef fec tive

meth od for evacuating and dehydrating a system in

the Þ eld. Although there are several methods of de hy -

drat ing a system, we are recommending the fol low ing,

as it pro duc es one of the best results, and af fords a

means of obtaining accurate read ings as to the extent

of de hy dra tion.

The equip ment required to follow this method of de-

hy dra tion consists of a wet bulb indicator orVacuum

gauge, a chart showing the relation between dew point

tem per a ture and pressure in inches of mercury (vac u um),

(see Table 3) and aVacuum pump capable of pumping a

suitableVacuum on the system.

OPERATION

Dehydration of a refrigeration system can be ob tained

by this method because the water present in the sys tem

reacts much as a refrigerant would. By pulling down

the pres sure in the system to a point where its sat u -

ra tion tem per a ture is considerably below that of room

tem per a ture, heat will ß ow from the room through the

walls of the system and va por ize the water, allowing

a large percentage of it to be removed by theVacuum

pump. The length of time necessary for the de hy dra tion

of a system is de pen dent on the size or volume of the

sys tem, the ca pac i ty and efÞ ciency of theVacuum pump,

the room tem per a ture and the quantity of water present

in the sys tem. By the use of theVacuum in di ca tor as

suggested, the test tube will be evacuated to the same

pressure as the system, and the distilled water will be

maintained at the same saturation temperature as any

free water in the system, and this temperature can be

observed on the thermometer.

If the system has been pressure test ed and found to be

tight prior to evac u a tion, then the sat u ra tion tem per a ture

recordings should follow a curve sim i lar to the typ i cal

saturation curve shown as Fig. 64.

The tem per a ture of the water in the test tube will drop as

the pressure decreases, until the boiling point is reached,

at which point the temperature will level off and remain

at this level until all of the water in the shell is vapor-

ized. When this Þ nal va por iza tion has taken place the

pressure and temperature will con tin ue to drop until

eventually a tem per a ture of 35°F or a pressure of 5mm

Hg. is reached.

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

147

YORK INTERNATIONAL

FIG. 64 – SATURATION CURVE

LD00474

SHELL CODES

COOLER COMPRESSOR

G0, G1, G3 B 890 900

G0, G1, G3 C 890 900

H1, H3 − 970 975

J1, J3 − 1130 1125

K1, K3 − 1270 1275

G0, G1, G3 E 890 900

H1, H3 − 970 975

J1, J3 − 1130 1125

K1, K3 − 1270 1275

L1, L3 − 1390 1400

K4, K6 F 1390 1400

K7, K9 − 1530 1550

L4, L6 − 1590 1600

FACTORY

CHARGE SHIPPED

LBS.

When this point is reached, practically all of the air has

been evacuated from the system, but there is still a small

amount of moisture left. In order to provide a medium

for carrying this residual moisture to theVacuum pump,

nitrogen should be in tro duced into the system to bring

REFRIGERANT CHARGING

it to at mo spher ic pressure and the indicator tem per a ture

will re turn to approximately am bi ent tem per a ture. Close

off the system again, and start the second evac u a tion.

The relatively small amount of moisture left will be car-

ried out through theVacuum pump and the tem per a ture or

pressure shown by the indicator should drop uni form ly

until it reaches a tem per a ture of 35°F or a pres sure of

5mm Hg.

When theVacuum indicator registers this tempera-

ture or pres sure it is a positive sign that the system is

evac u at ed and de hy drat ed to the recommended limit.

If this level can not be reached, it is evident that there

is a leak somewhere in the system. Any leaks must be

cor rect ed before the in di ca tor can be pulled down to

35°F or 5mm Hg. in the primary evac u a tion. During

the pri ma ry pull down keep a careful watch on the wet

bulb indicator tem per a ture, and do not let it fall below

35°F. If the tem per a ture is allowed to fall to 32°F the

water in the test tube will freeze, and the result will be

a faulty tem per a ture reading.

To avoid the possibility of freezing the liquid within the

cooler tubes when charg ing an evacuated system, only

refrigerant vapor from the top of the drum or cyl in der

must be ad mit ted to the system until the system pres sure

is raised above the point corresponding to the freez ing

point of the cooler liquid. For water, the pres sure cor-

re spond ing to the freez ing point is 20.4 in Hg.Vacuum

for R-123 (at sea level).

While charg ing, every pre cau tion must be taken to

pre vent mois ture laden air from entering the sys tem.

Make up a suit able charging con nec tion from new cop-

per tubing to Þ t be tween the sys tem charging valve

and the Þ tting on the charging drum. This connection

should be as short as possible but long enough to per mit

suf Þ cient ß ex i bil i ty for chang ing drums. The charg ing

con nec tion should be purged each time a full con tain er

of re frig er ant is con nect ed and changing con tain ers

should be done as quickly as possible to min i mize the

loss of re frig er ant.

Refrigerant may be fur nished in drums con tain ing ei ther

100, 200 or 650 lbs. of re frig er ant. These drums are not

re turn able and they should be stored for future use if

it should ever become nec es sary to re move re frig er ant

from the system.

TABLE 4 – REFRIGERANT CHARGE

YORK INTERNATIONAL

148

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

CHECKING THE REFRIGERANT CHARGE DURING UNIT SHUT DOWN

HANDLING REFRIGERANT FOR

DISMANTLING AND REPAIRS

The refrigerant charge is speciÞ ed for each chiller mod el

(See Table 4). Charge the cor rect amount of re frig er ant

and record the level in the cooler sight glass.

The re frig er ant charge should al ways be checked and

trimmed when the system is shut down.

The refrigerant charge level must be checked after the

pressure and tem per a ture has equalized between the

con dens er and cooler. This would be expected to be 4

hours or more after the com pres sor and water pumps are

stopped. The level should be at the center of the sight

glass ±1/4 inch.

Charge the refrigerant in ac cor dance with the method

shown under “Refrigerant Charging” above. The re frig -

er ant lev el should be observed and the level re cord ed

af ter initial charg ing.

If it becomes necessary to open any part of the re frig er ant

system for repairs, the fol low ing para graphs out line the

procedure for handling the re frig er ant while the sys tem

is open.

Since Re frig er ant-123 boils at 82°F under at mo spher ic

pressure, it will not be necessary to remove the re frig -

er ant if the system it to be open for only a few hours. Any

part of the system which is above the liquid level will be

ac ces si ble without disturbing the re frig er ant charge.

If the system must re main open for more than a few

hours the refrigerant should be drained and stored in

clean drums for the duration of the repair pe ri od.

If con di tions permit, the system pressure should be as

near as possible to at mo spher ic before opening the sys-

tem and the re frig er ant charge should be kept as near

as possible to 82°F to keep ei ther the re frig er ant loss or

the air intake to a min i mum. After the system has been

re-as sem bled, the air should be removed by means of

the purge unit. (See “Purging the System”.)

MEGGING THE MOTOR

While the main disconnect switch and compressor mo tor

starter are open, meg the motor as follows:

1. Using a megohm meter (megger), meg between

phas es and each phase to ground (see Fig. 65); these

readings are to be interpreted using the graph shown

in Fig. 66.

2. If readings fall below shaded area, remove ex ter nal

leads from motor and repeat test.

Motor is to be megged with the starter

at ambient temperature after 24 hours

of idle stand by.

Maintenance

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

149

YORK INTERNATIONAL

LD00475

FIG. 65 – DIAGRAM, MEGGING MOTOR WIND INGS

GENERAL

Maintenance of condenser and cooler shells is im-

por tant to provide trouble free op er a tion of the chiller.

The wa ter side of the tubes in the shell must be kept

clean and free from scale. Proper main te nance such as

tube clean ing, and testing for leaks, is covered on the

fol low ing pages.

CHEMICAL WATER TREAT MENT

Since the mineral content of the water circulated through

coolers and condensers varies with almost ev ery source

of supply, it is possible that the water being used may

cor rode the tubes or deposit heat resistant scale in them.

Reliable water treatment companies are avail able in most

larger cities to supply a water treating process which will

great ly reduce the corrosive and scale form ing prop er ties

of almost any type of water.

As a pre ven tive measure against scale and corrosion

and to pro long the life of cooler and con dens er tubes, a

chemical analysis of the water should be made pref er a bly

before the system is installed. A reliable water treat ment

com pa ny can be consulted to determine whether water

treat ment is nec es sary, and if so, to furnish the proper

treat ment for the particular water condition.

CLEANING COOLER AND CON DENS ER TUBES

Cooler

It is difÞ cult to de ter mine by any par tic u lar test wheth er

pos si ble lack of per for mance of the water cool er is due

to fouled tubes alone or due to a com bi na tion of trou bles.

Trouble which may be due to fouled tubes is indicated

when, over a period of time, the cool ing ca pac i ty de-

creas es and the split (tem per a ture dif fer ence between

water leav ing the cool er and the re frig er ant tem per a ture

in the cooler) in creas es. A grad u al drop-off in cool ing

ca pac i ty can also be caused by a gradual leak of re frig -

er ant from the sys tem or by a com bi na tion of foul ed

tubes and shortage of re frig er ant charge. An ex ces sive

quan ti ty of oil in the cooler can also contribute to erratic

per for mance.

Condenser

In a condenser, trou ble due to fouled tubes is usu al ly

indicated by a steady rise in head pres sure, over a pe ri od

of time, ac com pa nied by a steady rise in con dens ing

tem per a ture, and noisy operation. These symp toms may

also be due to foul gas buildup. Purging will re move the

foul gas re veal ing the effect of fouling.

TUBE FOULING

Fouling of the tubes can be due to deposits of two types

as follows:

1. Rust or sludge, which Þ nds its way into the tubes

and ac cu mu lates there. This ma te ri al usu al ly does

not build up on the inner tube sur fac es as scale, but

does interfere with heat trans fer. Rust or sludge can

gen er al ly be re moved from the tubes by a thorough

brush ing process.

2. Scale, due to mineral de pos its. These de pos its, even

though very thin and scarce ly de tect able upon phys-

i cal in spec tion, are high ly re sis tant to heat transfer.

They can be removed most ef fec tive ly by cir cu lat ing

an acid so lu tion through the tubes.

CONDENSERS AND COOLERS

YORK INTERNATIONAL

150

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

LD00476

TEMPERATURE – °F

MEGOHMS

FIG. 66 – MOTOR STATOR TEMPERATURE AND INSULATION RE SIS TANC ES

Minimum Insulation Resistance vs. Temperature (per IEEE Std 43)

Open Motors

Maintenance

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

151

YORK INTERNATIONAL

TUBE CLEAN ING PRO CE DURES

Brush Cleaning of Tube

If the tube foul ing con sists of dirt and sludge, it can

usu al ly be re moved by means of the brushing process.

Drain the water sides of the circuit to be cleaned (cool ing

wa ter or chilled water) remove the heads and thor ough ly

clean each tube with a soft bristle bronze brush. DO

NOT USE A STEEL BRISTLE BRUSH. A steel brush

may damage the tubes.

Improved results can be ob tained by admitting water into

the tube during the clean ing process. This can be done

by mounting the brush on a suitable length of 1/8" pipe

with a few small holes at the brush end and con nect ing

the other end by means of a hose to the water supply.

The tubes should always be brush cleaned be fore acid

cleaning.

Acid Cleaning of Tubes

If the tubes are fouled with a hard scale deposit, they

must be acid cleaned. It is im por tant that before acid

cleaning, the tubes be cleaned by the brush ing pro cess

described above. If the rel a tive ly loose for eign ma te ri al

is re moved before the acid cleaning, the acid so lu tion

will have less ma te ri al to dis solve and ß ush from the

tubes with the result that a more satisfactory clean ing job

will be ac com plished with a probable sav ing of time.

COMMERCIAL ACID CLEANING

In many major cities, com mer cial organizations now

of fer a spe cial ized ser vice of acid cleaning coolers

and condensers. If acid cleaning is required, YORK

rec om mends the use of this type of or ga ni za tion. The

Dow Industries Service Division of the Dow Chem i cal

Com pa ny, Tul sa, Okla ho ma, with branch es in prin ci pal

cit ies is one of the most reliable of these companies.

TESTING FOR COOL ER AND CON DENS ER TUBE

LEAKS

Cooler and con dens er tube leaks may result in re frig er ant

leaking into the water cir cuit, or water leak ing into the

shell de pend ing on the pressure levels. If re frig er ant is

leaking into the water it can be detected at the liquid head

vents after a period of shutdown. If wa ter is leak ing into

the refrigerant, fre quent purging will be nec es sary and

sys tem capacity and efÞ ciency will drop off sharply. If

a tube is leaking and water has en tered the system, the

cooler and con dens er should be valved off from the rest

of the water circuit and drained im me di ate ly to prevent

severe rust ing and corrosion. If a tube leak is indicated,

the exact location of the leak may be determined as

follows:

1. Allow the system to warm up until a substantial

pres sure is reached for testing. Dry nitrogen (pres-

sure not to exceed 12 PSIG) may be ad mit ted to the

unit to in crease pressure in the shell. Re move the

heads and lis ten at each section of tubes for a hiss-

ing sound that would indicate gas leakage. This will

as sist in locating the section of tubes to be further

in ves ti gat ed. If the prob a ble location of the leaky

tubes has been de ter mined, treat that section in the

fol low ing manner (if the lo ca tion is not deÞ nite, all

the tubes will require in ves ti ga tion).

2. Wash off both tube heads and the ends of all tubes

with wa ter.

Do not use car bon tet ra chlo ride for

this pur pose since its fumes give the

same ﬂ ame dis col or a tion that the re-

frig er ant does.

3. With nitrogen or dry air blow out the tubes to clear

them of traces of re frig er ant laden mois ture from the

cir cu la tion wa ter. As soon as the tubes are clear, a cork

should be driven into each end of the tube. Re peat this

with all of the other tubes in the sus pect ed section or if

nec es sary, with all the tubes in the cool er or con dens er.

Allow the cooler or conden ser to re main corked up to

12 to 24 hours before pro ceed ing. De pend ing upon

the amount of leak age, the corks may blow from the

end of a tube, in di cat ing the lo ca tion of the leakage.

If not, it will be nec es sary to make a very thorough

test with the ha lide torch.

4. After the tubes have been corked for 12 to 24 hours,

it is recommended that two men working at both

ends of the cooler care ful ly test each tube - one man

re mov ing corks at one end and the oth er at the op-

po site end to remove corks and handle the test torch.

Start with the top row of tubes in the section being

in ves ti gat ed, remove the corks at the ends of one

tube si mul ta neous ly and insert the ex plor ing tube

for 5 sec onds - this should be long enough to draw

into the de tec tor any refrigerant gas that might have

leaked through the tube walls. A fan placed at the end

of the cooler op po site the torch will assure that any

leakage will travel through the tube to the torch.

5. Mark any leak ing tubes for later identiÞ cation.

6. If any of the tube sheet joints are leaking, the leak

should be de tect ed by the test torch. If a tube sheet

leak is suspected, its exact lo ca tion may be found

by using a soap solution. A con tin u ous buildup of

bub bles around a tube indicates a tube sheet leak.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

152

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

COMPRESSOR

ELECTRICAL CONTROLS

Maintenance for the compressor assembly consists of

check ing the operation of the oil return system and chang-

ing the dehydrator, checking and changing the oil, check-

ing and changing the oil Þ lters, checking the op er a tion of

the oil heater, checking the operation of the oil pump and

observing the operation of the com pres sor.

Internal wearing of compressor parts could be a se ri ous

problem caused by improper lubrication, brought about

by restricted oil lines, passages or dirty oil Þ l ters. If the

unit is shutting down on (HOT) High Oil Tem per a ture

or Low Oil Pressure (OP), change the oil Þ lter el e ment.

Examine the oil Þ lter element for the pres ence of alu-

mi num particles. Aluminum gas seal rings can contact

the impeller and account for some alu mi num particles

to ac cu mu late in the oil Þ lter, es pe cial ly dur ing the

initial start up and Þ rst several months of op er a tion.

How ev er, if aluminum particles continue to accumu-

late and the same conditions con tin ue to stop the unit

operation after a new Þ lter el e ment is in stalled, notify

the nearest YORK of Þ ce to re quest the pres ence of a

YORK Ser vice Tech ni cian.

For information covering the OptiView Control Center

operation, refer to “Section 2”. The operating points

of the pressure and tem per a ture cut outs are shown in

the Wiring Diagrams. These diagrams also contain a

start ing and stop ping se quence and timing sequence

di a gram.

Systems's Service ofﬁ ce for evaluation.

After the 500 hour replacement, the oil

ﬁ lter should be replaced semi-annually, or

when the operating oil pressure drops 30%

from the oil pressure measured at the time

of the previous replacement.

COMPRESSOR MOTOR

1. Check motor mounting screws frequently to insure

tight ness.

2. Meg motor windings annually to check for de te -

ri o ra tion of windings.

PRESSURE TESTING

The chiller should be pressure tested annually. Any leaks

found must be repaired im me di ate ly. If frequent purg ing

has occurred, the unit must be pres sure tested as soon

as pos si ble to prevent air and mois ture from en ter ing

the until. Air and moisture are the worst enemies of

the R-123 system and ex pe ri ence has shown that units

which are maintained tight, are systems that will pro vide

trouble free efÞ cient op er a tion.

It is the responsibility of the owner to provide the nec-

es sary daily, monthly and yearly maintenance re quire -

ments of the sys tem. IM POR TANT: If a unit fail ure

oc curs due to im prop er main te nance dur ing the war ran ty

pe ri od; YORK will not be liable for costs in curred to

re turn the system to sat is fac to ry op er a tion.

In any op er at ing system it is most important to provide

a planned maintenance and in spec tion of its func tion ing

parts to keep it operating at its peak efÞ ciency. There fore,

the following maintenance should be per formed when

pre scribed.

COMPRESSOR

Oil Filter

Oil Filter: On all new chiller start-ups, the

oil ﬁ lter must be changed after the ﬁ rst 200

hours of operation and again at 500 hours

of operation to insure proper lubrication

quality for the compressor. These ﬁ lters

should be inspected for excessive debris,

and if found containing excessive debris,

report this to the local YORK Engineered

SECTION 9

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

Preventive Maintenance

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

153

YORK INTERNATIONAL

COOLER AND CONDENSER

The major por tion of maintenance on the condenser and

cooler will deal with the maintaining of the water side

of the con dens er and cooler in a clean condition.

The use of un treat ed water in cool ing tow ers, closed

water systems, etc. frequently re sults in one or more of

the following:

1. Scale Formation

2. Corrosion or Rusting

3. Slime and Algae Formation

It is there fore to the beneÞ t of the user to provide for

proper water treatment to provide for a longer and more

economical life of the equipment. The following rec-

om men da tion should be fol lowed in de ter min ing the

con di tion of the water side of the condenser and cooler

tubes.

1. The condenser tubes should be cleaned annually or

earlier if conditions warrant. If the temperature dif-

fer ence be tween the water off the con dens er and the

condenser liquid temperature is more than 4° great er

than the dif fer ence recorded on a new unit it is a good

in di ca tion that the condenser tubes re quire clean ing.

They should be cleaned as instructed on page 143 of

this manual.

2. The cooler tubes under normal cir cum stanc es will

not require cleaning. If how ev er the temperature

difference between the re frig er ant and the chilled

wa ter increases slowly over the op er at ing season, it

is an indication that the cooler tubes may be fouling

or that there may be a water by-pass in the water box

requiring gasket re place ment.

PURGE UNIT

Every Three Months

1. Change the purge unit dehydrator.

a. If the unit is operating;

1) When the purge unit is in the drain cycle,

close the valve in the high pres sure oil sup-

ply line and allow the unit to com plete the

drain cy cle.

2) Close con dens er gas and oil return valves and

re place the dehydrator.

3) Open all valves to return the purge unit to

nor mal operation.

Annually

1. Clean and in spect all valves which are part of the

purge unit sys tem.

2. Drain and ß ush the oil and refrigerant from the purge

unit shell.

a. Before ß ushing remove the ß oat as sem bly from

the purge unit shell.

b. Disconnect the oil line from he bottom of the

purge unit shell.

c. To clean - ß ush refrigerant from the top of the

purge unit shell and let the re frig er ant drain from

the bottom through the oil line connection.

d. After a complete ß ush ing, replace the ß oat as-

sem bly and the oil drain line.

3. Clean the following or i Þ ce.

a. One (1) oriÞ ce in the liq uid line feed to the cool-

ing coil.

b. Purge unit ex haust oriÞ ce.

4. Inspect the foul gas inlet check valve.

OIL RE TURN SYS TEM

1. Change the de hy dra tor in the oil re turn system semi-

annually or earlier if the oil re turn system fails to

operate.

2. When the dehydrator is changed the noz zle of the

eductor should be checked for any for eign particles

that may be obstructing the jet.

ELECTRICAL CON TROLS

1. All electrical controls should be in spect ed for ob-

vi ous mal func tions.

2. It is im por tant that the fac to ry set tings of controls

(op er a tion and safety) not be changed. If the set tings

are changed with out YORK’s ap prov al the war ran ty

will be jeop ar dized.

3. A 5-11 year life bat tery is part of the RTC-Real Time

Clock. To replace refer to Section 2.

YORK INTERNATIONAL

154

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

SECTION 10

OPTISAVE ENERGY ANALYSER FEATURE

The OptiSave Energy Analyzer Feature reveals the

advantage of a compressor motor variable speed drive.

It calculates the amount of energy that has been saved

by having a variable speed drive instead of a constant

speed drive. The savings are determined by calculating

the energy consumption of a constant speed drive and

subtracting the measured energy consumption of the

variable speed drive. The resulting difference is the

energy savings.

This data is displayed but does not affect chiller op-

eration or performance. This feature is available in

software versions C.MLM.02.05.xxx (and later) and

C.OPT.02.05.301 (and later). It is not operational until

enabled using a special procedure. A complete descrip-

tion and all required installation, enable and setup in-

formation is contained in YORK Service Information

Letter SI0068.

FORM 160.55-O1 (604)

155

YORK INTERNATIONAL

NOTES

800-861-1001

www.york.com

P.O. Box 1592, York, Pennsylvania USA 17405-1592 Subject to change without notice. Printed in USA

Form 160.55-O1 (604)

Supersedes: 160.55-O1 (402)

York R123 Users Manual 160.55 O1

R123 to the manual bd843a30-488e-4b69-bd48-51b4334830e0

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation